SMS Design Standards 2002 PDF

1 MATERIALS
2002
DRILLING AND THREAD DEPTHS
2
THREAD SELECTION SERIES AND UNDERCUTS
DESIGN DIRECTIVES
3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

STANDARDS BOOK
PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

4
TIGHTENING TORQUES, PRETENSIONING UNITS
DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

5 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH
COUNTERSINKINGS/COUNTERBORES AND/OR HOLES;
FOUNDATION ANCHORING ELEMENTS
MECHANICAL FASTENERS
PRODUCT STANDARDS / PARTS KEPT IN STOCK
6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

SCREWS/BOLTS; WASHERS AND RETAINING ELEMENTS;
LOCKNUTS AND LOCKING PLATES
7 FITTING KEYS, TAPER KEYS
8 AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS
SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK,

9
STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS
STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

10 FLANGES, WELDING FITTINGS, PIPE FASTENERS,
HOSELINES, AUXILIARY AND OPERATING MATERIALS
The most recent versions of the standards can be found in the Intranet under:
Online Standards
All rights reserved. DIN 34
SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

Dsseldorf and Hilchenbach
Normung / Standardisierung (Dept. of Standardisation)
1st edition (January 2002)

January 2002
Materials
SN 359
Selection
This standard lists materials which are used in SMS Demag products; priority shall be given to the materials of SN 483,
which are available from stock.
Contents:
Material designations (designation systems) .................................................. Pages 2 to 8
Footnotes .................................................................................................................... Page 9
Rolled and forged steels

Engineering steels ...................................................... DIN EN 10025, ........................................................... Pages 10/11
DIN EN 10137-2, SEW 090-2...................................... Pages 16/17
Fine grained engineering steels................................... DIN EN 10113-2 ......................................................... Pages 12/13
Bright steels ............................................................... DIN EN 10083-2, DIN EN 10277-2 .............................. Pages 12/13
Sheets........................................................................ DIN EN 10130 ........................................................... Pages 12/13
Pipe/tube steels.......................................................... DIN 1629, DIN 1630, DIN 2391, DIN 17175, ................ Pages 12/13
DIN 17457, DIN 17458................................................ Pages 12/13
This copy will not be updated in case of changes!
Steels for pressure purposes....................................... DIN EN 10028-2 und 3................................................ Pages 14/15
Quenched and tempered steels................................... DIN EN 10083-1 und 2................................................ Pages 16-19
Flame and induction hardening steels.......................... DIN 17212.................................................................. Pages 18/19
Case hardening steels ................................................ DIN EN 10084 ............................................................ Pages 20/21
Steels for forgings....................................................... DIN EN 10222-2, ........................................................ Pages 20/21
DIN EN 10250-2 bis 4, SEW 550................................. Pages 20-23
High temperature steels.............................................. DIN EN 10269 ............................................................ Pages 20/21
Stainless steels .......................................................... DIN 17440, DIN EN 10088-1 bis 3, DIN EN 10250-4.... Pages 24/25
Cast iron
Grey cast iron ............................................................. DIN EN 1561 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Spheroidal graphite cast iron....................................... DIN EN 1563 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Malleable cast iron...................................................... DIN EN 1562 .............................................................. Pages 26/27
Cast steel
Cast steel ................................................................... DIN 1681, DIN 17182,................................................. Pages 26/27
DIN 17205, SEW 835, DIN EN 10213-2....................... Pages 28/29
Non-ferrous metals
Red brass................................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Tin bronze .................................................................. DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Cast tin-lead bronze.................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
Cast aluminium bronze ............................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 30/31
White bronze .................................................................................................................................................... Pages 30/31
Special brass.............................................................. DIN EN 12164 ............................................................ Pages 32/33
Special cast brass ...................................................... DIN EN 1982 .............................................................. Pages 32/33
Babbitt metal .............................................................. DIN ISO 4381 ............................................................. Pages 32/33
Sintered bronze ................................................................................................................................................ Pages 32/33
Maintenance-free sliding materials ................................................................................................................... Pages 32/33
Continued on pages 2 to 33
Page 2
SN 359 : 2002-01
- Blank page -
European steel grades Steel grade classification
Designation system and comparison with DIN as in EN 10020
Classification Unalloyed steels Alloyed steels

as in table 1 as in table 1
Designation system
Main quality grades Main quality grades
Fig. 1
Base steels Unalloyed quality steels Unalloyed high-grade steels Alloyed quality steels Alloyed high-grade steels
BS UQS UES LQS LES
Steels with no particular Steels with no require- Quenched and tempered or Steels whose applications are similar to those of Steels which exceed the requirements made on the
quality requirements ments made on the degree surface-hardened steels having unalloyed quality steels and which contain alloying alloying elements in table 3 and which, due to their
(deep drawing, cold- of purity with regard to a higher degree of purity with elements because of their special requirements. chemical compositioni, have a wide variety of
forming ..) on the steel non-metallic inclusions. regard to non-metallic in- Alloyed quality steels are not intended for quenching processing and utilisation properties,
grade in production. No uniform response to clusions as compared with and tempering or for surface treatment for example
No heat treatment heat treatment. unalloyed quality steels. Fine-grain engineering steels for steel construction, Stainless, heat-resisting, high-temperature steels,
Requirements defined Steel whose quality re- Uniform response to heat pressure vessel manufacture and line pipe engin- antifriction-bearing, tool, mechanical-engineering
by standards and quirements exceed the treatment. eering with a minimum yield point < 380 N/mm for steels and steels for steel structures, with particular
delivery specifications limit contents of table 2 for Exact chemical composition thicknesses < 16 mm; limit content of alloying elem- physical properties. Stainless steels with C = 1,20%
as in table 2. base steels. makes it possible to obtain ents as in table 3; alloyed steels for rails, sheet and Cr = 10,5% and Ni <2,5%: ferritic and
No alloying elements In comparison with the special properties such as piling products and structural sections for mines. martensitic steels, Ni = 2,5%: austenitic steels.
besides Si and Mn. base steels more severe Alloyed steels with Si or with Si and Al.
requirements are made - high strength or harden- Hot or cold-rolled flat steel products alloyed with High-speed steels with at least two of the following
with regard to sensibility to ability in conjunction with B, Nb, Ti, V or Zr alone or combinations of these three elements: Mo, W, V with an overall mass
brittle fracture, grain size, the shapability elements. content of 7% and with C = 0,60% and
shapability etc. - suitability for welding Cr = 3 to 6 %.
- ductility
- etc. Table 2
Requirements
apply for
Type thicknesses (d) Limit value
Designation system as in EN 10 027-1 Table 1
mm
Group 1 Short name based on usage and mechanical Prescribed Limit content
Minimum tensile strength = 16 = 690 N/mm
and physical properties (Figs. 2, 3) elements Percentage by mass
Minimum yield point = 16 = 360 N/mm
as in EN 10 020, appendices A, B Al Aluminium 0,1 Minimum elongation at fracture
1)
= 16 = 26 %
BS UQS UES LQS LES B Boron 0,0008 Minimum diameter = 3 = 1xd
G = Unalloyed cast steel x x x Bi Bismuth 0,10 Minimum energy consumption in the
= 10 = 16 = 27 joule
S = Steels for steel construction x x x x x Co Cobalt 0,10 notched bar impact test (at 20C)
P = Steels for pressure vessel manuf. x x x x x Cr Chromium 0,30 Max. allowable C content = 0,10 %
L = Steels for line pipe engineering 1) Max. allowable P content = 0,045 %
x x x Cu Copper 0,40
Max. allowable S content = 0,045 %
E = Mechanical-engineering steels x x La Lanthanides 0,05 1)
3) see EN 10020 Table 2, page 5
B = Concrete reinforcing steel x Mn Manganese 1,65
Y = Prestressing steels 1)
x Mo Molybdenum 0,08 Table 3
R = Steels for or in the shape or rails 2)
x x Nb Niobium 0,06
1)
Prescribed Limit content
H = Cold-rolled flat products of higher x Ni Nickel 0,30 elements Percentage by mass
-strength drawing qualities P Lead 0,40 1)
Cr Chromium 0,50
D = Flat products in low-carbon steels x x x 1)
Se Selenium 0,10 Cu Copper 0,50
for cold shaping Si Silicium 0,50 La Lanthanides 0,06
T = Packing plate and strapping band x Te Tellurium 0,10 Mn Manganese 1,80
1)
M = Electr. sheet & magnet. steel strip x x Ti Titanium
2)
0,05 Mo Molybdenum 0,10
2)
2) Nb Niobium 0,08
Group 2 Short name based on chemical composition (Fig. 4) V Vanadium 0,10 1)
Ni Nickel 0,50
as in EN 10 020, appendices A, B W Tungsten 0,10 Ti Titanium
2)
0,12
SN 359 : 2002-01
2) 2)
BS UQS UES LQS LES Zr Circonium 0,05 V Vanadium 0,12
2)
G = Alloyed cast steel x x Others (except C, P, S, N) 0,05 Zr Circonium 0,12
1)
x x x x If 2, 3 or 4 elements are marked for steel with this footnote and if their contents Elements which are not stated (see Table 1)
C = Carbon 1)
x are smaller than the limit contents stated in the table, a limit content of 70% If 2, 3 or 4 elements are marked for steel with this footnote and if their
of the total resulting from the 2, 3, or 4 elements must be taken into account. contents are smaller than the limit contents stated in the table, a limit
2) 1)
X = mean content of at least The rule given under footnote applies by analogy to the elements marked content of 70% of the total resulting from the 2, 3 or 4 elements must be
2)
one alloying element x with footnote .
Seite 3
3) taken into account.
=5% If only a maximum value is indicated for Mn, the applicable limit content is 2) 1)
The rule given under footnote applies by analogy to the elements marked
1.80 percent by weight. 2)
HS = High-speed steel with footnote .
Short name based on usage and mechanical
SN 359 : 2002-01
Page 4
or physical properties as in
DIN V 17006-100 (Group 1), Fig. 2
Structure of the designation system
1) 1) 1)
Main symbols Additional symbols for steels Additional symbols for steel products
a a n n n n1 an ... +an + an ...
s 3 5 5 J2G3 +N
Examples
D X 5 2 D +ZF
2) 3) 3) 3)
Letter Mechanical properties Group 1 Group 2 For steel products
G = Cast steel (if necessary) For letter (S, P, L, E) For letter (S) For letter (S) For letter (S, P, L)
nnn = Minimum yield point (Re) in N/mm Notch impact energy in Joule Test temperature C = With special cold-workability) Tables 4, 5, 6
S = Steels for steel For (B) 27 J 40 J 60 J in C D = For hot- dip metal coatings
construction nnn = Characteristic yield poiint (Re) in N/mm JR KR LR +20 E = For enamelling For (E, B, Y)
P = Steels for pressure For (Y, R) JO KO LO 0 F = For forging Table 6
5)
purposes n n n n1 = Min. tensile strength for (Rm) in N/mm J2 K2 L2 -20 H = Hollow sections
L = Steels for line pipe For (H) J3 K3 L3 -30 L = For lower temperatures For (H)
engineering nnn = Minimum yield point (Re) in N/mm J4 K4 L4 -40 M = Thermomechanically rolled Table 5
E = Mechanical-engineering T n n n = Min. tensile strength for (Rm) in N/mm J5 K5 L5 -50
4) 3)
steels For (D) J6 K6 L9 -60 N = Normalised or normalising-rolled For (D, T)
B = Concrete reinforcing Cnn = Cold-rolled, followed by a two-digit key A = Precipitation-hardening Tables 5, 6
steel number n n For (S, P, L) O = For offshore
Y = Prestressingsteels Dnn = Hot-rolled, intended for immediate cold M = Thermomechanically rolled P = Sheet piling steel
forming, followed by a two-digit N = Normalised or normalising-rolled Q = Quenched and tempered
R = Rail steels key number n n Q = Quenched and tempered S = For shipbuilding
Xnn = Type of rolling (hot or cold) not prescribed, For (P) T = For tubes
H = Cold-rolled flat products followed by a two-digit key number n n B = Gas bottles W = Weathering-resistant
in higher-strength steels S = Single pressure vessels a = Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
for cold shaping (For T) T = Tubes figure as specified in the quality standard
Hnn = Prescribed mean hardness value for single- For (B) technical delivery conditions).
T = Packing plate and reduced products a = Ductility class, followed by one or two key figures when an = Chemical symbols of prescribed additional elements,
strapping band nnn = Nominal yield point (Re) in N/mm for double- required if necessary together with a one-digit number which
M = see Fig. 3 (appendix) reduced products For (Y) indicates the mean value multiplied by ten of the
C = Cold-drawn wire prescribed range of the content (rounded off to 0.1%)
H = Hot-formed or treated bars of the element.
Q = Quenched and tempered wire For (P)
S = Stranded wire H = High temperature
For (R) L = Low temperature
Examples of ordering designations Mn = High Mn content R = Room temperature
Plate EN 10029 - 20A x 2000 x 4500 Steel EN 10025 - S355J2G3+N Cr = Chrome-alloyed X = High and low temperatures
Strip EN 10143 - 2,5 x 500 Steel EN 10142 - DX52D+ZF Fr (H) a = Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
M = Thermomechanically rolled) figure as specified in the quality standard (technical
B = Bake hardened delivery conditions).
P = Phosphorous-alloyed) For (L)
1) a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric X = Binary phase a = Requirement classes, if necessary followed by a
2) The symbols M, N and Q of Group 1 apply to fine-grained engineering steels Y = Interstitial-free steel figure as specified in the quality standard (technical
3) For distinction between two steel grades of the respective quality standard, one or two digits For (D) delivery conditions).
may be added to the additional symbols of Group 1 or 2, but not to the symbols of chemical D = For hot-dip metal coatings For (E)
elements. EK = For conventional enamelling C = Suitability for cold drawing
4) Without special demands on ductility or suitability for welding ED = For direct enamelling For (R)
5) Three-digit values of tensile strength must be preceded by the figure 0. H = Hollow sections Q = Quenched and tempered
6) Note: No symbols provided for ultra-thin sheet. T = For tubes For (H)
For (S, D) D = For hot-dip metal coatings
an = Chemical symbols of prescribed additional elements, if
necessary together with a one-digit number which indicates the
mean value multiplied by ten of the prescribed range of the con-
tent (rounded off to 0.1 %) of the element.
For (S, P, L, E, Y, R, H, D, T)
G = Other features, if necessary followed by 1 or 2 figures as speci-
fied in the quality standard (technical delivery conditions).
Short name based on chemical composition
as in DIN V 17006-100 (Group 2), Fig. 4
Structure of the designation system

1) 1) 1)
Main symbols Additional symbols for steels Additionial symbols for steel products
a n n n a... n-n an ... +an + an ...
C 3 5
Examples
2 8 Mn 6
2) 3) 4)
Letter Carbon content Alloying elements Group 1 Group 2 For steel products
G = Cast steel (if For letter (G, C, X) a = Symbols of the alloy elements For letter (C) For letter (C) For letter (C, HS)
necessary) n n n = 100 times the mean which are characteristic of the E = Prescribed max. S content an = Chemical symbols of pre- Table 6
C = Carbon C content of the steel, followed by hyphenated scribed additional elem-
X = Mean content of at prescribed range. n-n = numbers which represent the R = Prescribed range of the ents, if necessary to- For (G, X)
least one alloying When no carbon-content mean contents of the elements, S content gether with a one-digit Tables 4, 6
element = 5 % range is specified, a multiplied by the factors given D = For wire drawing number which indicates
HS = High speed steel suitable representative below. the mean value multi-
value is assumed. C = Special cold-workability plied by ten of the pre-
(cold heading, cold scribed range of content
extrusion) (rounded off to 0.1%)
Cr, Co, Mn, Ni, Si, W x 4 of the element.
Al, Be, Cu, Mo, Nb, S = For springs Table 6: Treatment condition
Pb, Ta, Ti, V, Zr x 10 U = For tools +A Soft annealed
1) a = letter, n = figure, an = alphanumeric Ce, N, P, S x 100 W = For welding wire) +AC Annealed for obtaining spheroidal carbides
2) For distinction between two steel grades of similar B x 1000 +AR As rolled (no particular rolling and heat-treatment conditions)
chemical compositions, the key number of the carbon G = Other features, if necessary +AT Solution-annealed
content can be increased by one. For letter (X) followed by 1 or 2 figures +BC Hot worked and blasted (DIN EN 10083-1, edition of Oct. 96)
3) The symboles of Group 1, except E and R, can be followed n-n = Numbers separated by hyphens as specified in the quality
+C Cold worked (e.g. by rolling or drawing)
by one or two figures for distinction between two steel grades which indicate the mean standard (technical delivery
of the respective quality standard. contents of the elements conditions) +Cnnn Cold-worked to a min. tensile strength of n n n N/mm
4) The symbols E and R of Group 1 can be followed by a figure rounded to the next integer. +CR Cold-rolled
which represents the maximum allowable or mean sulphur +DC Delivery condition at maker's discretion
content, rounded off to 0.01% and then multiplied by 100. For (HS) +FP Treated for ferrite-pearlite structure and hardness range
n-n = Numbers separated by hyphens +HC Hot-cold worked
which indicate the percentages +HW Hot-shaped
of the alloying elements in the +I Isothermally treated
following order: Table 5: Type of coating +LC Slightly cold redrawn or slightly skin pass rolled
Symbol Meaning +M Thermomechanically rolled
- Tungsten (W) +A * Hot aluminium plated +N Normalised or normalising-rolled
- Molybdenum (Mo) +AR Aluminium-clad by rolling +NT Normalised and tempered
- Vanadium (V) +AS Coated with Al-Si alloy +P Precipitation-hardened
- Cobalt (Co) +AZ Coated with Al-Zn alloy (> 50 % Al) +P Hot worked and pickled (DIN EN 10083-1, edition of Oct. 96)
+CE Special chromium electrodeposition plated (ECCS) +RA Recrystallisation-annealed
+CU Copper coating +Q Quenched
Table 4: Special requirements +IC Anorganic coating +QA Air-hardened
Symbol Meaning +OC Organic coating +QL Hardened and tempered (DIN EN 10028-2, edition of April 93)
+CC * +S * Hot tin plated +QO Oil-hardened
Nonworked conticast material
+H +SE Electrolytic tin plated +QT Quenched and tempered
With special hardenability
SN 359 : 2002-01
+HL * +T * Hot dipped with lead-tin alloy (terne) +QW Water-quenched
With restricted hardenability scatterbands
+HH * +TE Electroplated with lead-tin alloy +S Treated for cold-shearing property
With restricted higher hardenability scatterbands
+Z15 Min. area reduction at break perpendicular to surface 15 % +Z * Hot-dip galvanized +SR Stress-free annealed
+Z25 Min. area reduction at break perpendicular to surface 25 % +ZA Coated with Zn-Al alloy (> 50 % Zn) +T Tempered
+Z35 Min. area reduction at break perpendicular to surface 35 % +ZE Electrogalvanized +TH Treated for hardness range
Note: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a plus sign (+). +ZF Diffusion-annealed zinc coats (with diffused Fe) +U Unprocessed
+ZN Zinc-nickel coat (electrolytic) +WW Hot-work hardened
Page 5
Basically, these symbols mark special requirements which are made on the steel.
For practical reasons, however, they are treated like additional symbols for steel * Note: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a plus sign Anmerkung: The symbols are separated from the preceding symbols by a
products. (+). To avoid confuction with other symbols, the letter S can be placed before the plus sign (+). To avoid confusion with other symbols, the letter T can be
* acc. to DIN EN 10083-1 (edition of Oct. 96) symbol, e.g. +SA. placed before the symbol, e.g. +TA.
Page 6
SN 359 : 2002-01
Material designations
Steel
1. Designation based on mechanical properties
1.1 e.g. as in DIN EN 10025 Hot rolled unalloyed steel products
S 235 JR G2 +C Deoxidizing process only acc. to
DIN EN 10025
Code letter of the suitability for particular applications FN = unkilled steel G1
(e.g. suitability for cold working when required) FN = unkilled steel not
Code for deoxidizing process permitted G2
G2 = unkilled not permitted (FN). FF = fully killed steel G3, G4
Code for quality group
(suitability for welding and notch impact energy).
Fixed min. value of yield point
for thicknesses 16 mm in N/mm2.
Code letter for steel group
(e.g. S = steels for general structural purposes)
1.2 e.g. as in DIN EN 10028 Steels for pressure purposes

P 355 N H
High temperature
Normalized
Fixed min. yield point value for thicknesses 16 mm in N/mm2.
Code letter for steel group (e.g. P = steels for pressure purposes).
2. Designation based on chemical composition

2.1 for unalloyed steels e.g. as in DIN EN 10083 Quenched and tempered steels
C 45 E +QT Heat treatment conditions acc. to
DIN EN 10083
Heat treatment: quenched and tempered +A = dead-soft annealed

+N = normalized
Prescribed max. S content +QT = quenched and tempered
Medium C content 0,45%
Steel with fixed C content
2.2 for low-alloy steels, e.g. as in DIN EN 10084 Case hardening steels
16 Mn Cr 5
Cr content - no particular specification
Mn content 5 : 4 = 1,25%
Medium C content 0,16 %

Page 7
SN 359 : 2002-01
2.3 for high-alloy steels, e.g. as in DIN EN 10088 Stainless steels

X 6 Cr Ni Ti 18 - 10
Ti content: no particular specification
Ni content = 10,0 %
Cr content = 18,0 %
Medium C content 0,06 %
Alloy constituents other than the C content are stated in plain text
3. Multipliers for low-alloy steels

Alloying additions Multipliers for low-alloy steels
Cr, Co, Mn, Ni, Si, W 4
Al, Be, Cu, Mo, Nb, Pb, Ta, Ti, V, Zr 10
Ce, N, P, S 100
B 1000
Cast iron
Designation according to yield point
e.g. as in DIN EN 1563 Spheroidal graphite cast iron
EN - GJS - 400 - 15 U
Proving on integrally cast test boss
Min. value of elongation A in per cent
Tensile strength min. 400 N/mm at wall thicknesses 30 mm
Spheroidal graphite cast iron
European standard
Cast steel
1. Designation based on mechanical properties
1.1 e.g. DIN 1681 Cast steels for general engineering purposes (remaining from the old designation system)
GS - 52
Tensile strength min. 520 N/mm
Cast steel
1.2 for unalloyed cast steel, e.g. DIN EN 10213 Ferritic steel castings for service at elevated temperatures
GP 240 GH +N
Normalized Designation for
G = castings
P = pressure vessels
High temperature (heat resistant)
Code no. of min. yield point Rp 0,2 in Mpa (Mpa N/mm)
Cast steel for pressure purposes

Page 8
SN 359 : 2002-01
2. Designation based on chemical composition

2.1 for low-alloy cast steel, e.g. DIN 17205 Quenched and tempered steel casting (remaining from the old designation
system)
GS - 42 Cr Mo 4 VI
Hardened and tempered to strength class I
Mo content: no particular specification
Cr content 4 : 4 = 1,0 %
C content 0,42 %
Cast steel
2.2 for high-alloy cast steel, e.g. DIN EN 10213 Steel castings for service at elevated temperatures
G X 23 Cr Mo V 12 - 1 +QT
Heat treatment: quenched and tempered
V content: no particular specification
Mo content 1 %
Cr content 12 %
C content 0,23 %
High-alloy, alloy information in plain text
Cast steel
Non-ferrous metals
Designation based on chemical composition (in the case of wrought alloys the strength class is added).
e.g. DIN EN 1982 Copper-tin-zinc casting alloy (former designation red brass)
CU Sn7 Zn4 Pb7 - C - GZ
Casting process: centrifugal casting
Casting
Zn content 4%, Pb content 7%
Sn content = 7%
Principal alloying element, no quantity specification

Page 9
SN 359 : 2002-01
Footnotes
1) Semi-finished products available from stock see SN 483 (Standards Book, Chapter 9).
2) The notch impact energy values are determined at 20C (for S355J2G3 at 20C) and are valid for samples with
longitudinal fibre orientation.
3) Measured on polished round bars of 10 mm dia.
4) The hardening depth (Eht) depends upon the duration of use. Therefore, only the absolutely necessary Eht has to be
indicated for reasons of economy.
5) Categories of suitability for welding:
Category 1: Well-suited for welding.
Category 2: In general well-suited for welding, heat pre- and/or post-treatment may be required.
Category 3: Moderately suited for welding, preheating and tempering required after welding.
Category 4: Limited suitability for welding. Moderately suited for welding, preheating and tempering required after
welding; special electrode must be used.
Category 5: Difficult to weld or no suitability for welding.
6) The specified temperatures are guidance values; for the exact determination of the preheat temperature the influences
exerted by electrode thickness, plate thickness and type of weld must be taken into account. If necessary, the
department of welded fabrications must be consulted.
7) In the case of steel the relative cost refers to S355J2G3 (St 52-3), in the case of cast iron EN-GJL (GG) and EN-GJS
(GGG) to EN-GJL-2900 (GG-20), and in the case of cast steel to GS-38 (GS-38). Comparisons are possible only within
the individual groups of steel, cast iron or cast steel. The data on relative cost must not be used for cost estimating. In
the case of cast iron and cast steel the relative cost does not include the cost of the wage, mould and core components,
which lead to a higher relative cost depending upon the degree of difficulty in the making of the castings.
8) There are difficulties in the supply of hot-rolled pipe St 37.4, for this reason St 35.8 (boiler pipe) has to be used, which
includes St 37.4 in terms of quality.
9) NBK = normalised (former designation system) + (bright annealed, after the last cold working the pipes have been
annealed in a shielding gas atmosphere at a temperature above the upper transformation point).
10) The materials of DIN 17212 are steels specially developed for flame and induction hardening, which are not always
available from stock; in this case the corresponding C-steels of DIN EN 10083 can be used as substitutes. These steels
are not always fine-grained, there may be an increased risk of failure.
11) For workpieces with thicknesses above 30 mm the hardness values are lower.
12) The steel is available in two strength categories and the drawing must bear an indication like e.g. "Quenched and
tempered to 700-850 N/mm".
13) When used for castings for hydraulic components, the drawing must state: Casting for hydraulic components, test
pressure e.g. 300 bar.
14) Entries concerning heat treatment after casting are not required in addition to the material designation itself.
15) Entry required for weld-in parts: Product analysis C 0,25 %.
15) Wrought alloy
16) Bushings in sintered bronze B 50 are standardised up to d1 = 80 mm and commercially available up to d1 = 100 mm.
To be used only up to an operating temperature of 80 C. In the case of bigger diameters and temperatures above
80 C, "DEVA metal" or "devagleit" must be used instead.
18) Upon agreement
19) Observe DIN EN 10164 when loading is in thickness direction (lamellar tearing).
20) The desired heat-treatment condition in the as-delivered state is indicated by additional symbols preceded by a plus sign
(e.g. 13CrMo4-5+NT) after the material designation.
21) The material designation already indicates the heat-treatment condition upon delivery.
Page 10
SN 359 : 2002-01
Strength characteristics
1) 2) 3)
ISO V-specimen, longitudinal

Reduction of area at rupture
reversed bending stresses

Fatigue strength under
Elongation at fracture
Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield point or
(Heat ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Type Designation treatment Rp 0,2
and condition) 21) mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
standard Current No. Former min. min. min. min. min. max.
16 235 26 180
> 16 40 225 26 -
> 40 63 215 25 -
340 to 470 27
> 63 80 215 24 -
S235JRG2 1.0038 RSt 37-2 - - -
> 80 100 215 24 -
> 100 150 195 22 -
> 150 200 185 21 -
320 to 470 23
> 200 250 175 21 -
16 275 22 200
> 16 40 265 22 -
> 40 63 255 410 to 560 21 -
27
> 63 80 245 20 -
S275JR 1.0044 St 44-2 - -
> 80 100 235 20 -
> 100 150 225 400 to 540 18 -
> 150 200 215 17 -
380 to 540 23
> 200 250 205 17 -
16 355 22 270
> 16 40 345 22 -
> 40 63 335 490 to 630 21 -
27 2)
> 63 80 325 20 -
S355J2G3 1.0570 St 52-3 normalised * -
> 80 100 315 20 -
Engineering > 100 150 295 470 to 630 18 -
steels > 150 200 285 17 -
450 to 630 23 2)
> 200 250 275 17 -
DIN EN 10025 16 295 20 - 240
19)
> 16 40 285 20 - -
> 40 63 275 470 to 610 19 - -
> 63 80 265 18 - -
E295 1.0050 St 50-2 - -
> 80 100 255 18 - -
> 100 150 245 450 to 610 16 - -
> 150 200 235 15 - -
440 to 610
> 200 250 225 15 - -
16 335 16 - -
> 16 40 325 16 - -
> 40 63 315 570 to 710 15 - -
> 63 80 305 14 - -
E335 1.0060 St 60-2 - - -
> 80 100 295 14 - -
> 100 150 275 550 to 710 12 - -
> 150 200 265 11 - -
540 to 710
> 200 250 255 11 - -
16 360 11 - -
> 16 40 355 11 - -
> 40 63 345 670 to 830 10 - -
> 63 80 335 9 - -
E360 1.0070 St 70-2 - > 80 100 325 9 - - - -
> 100 150 305 650 to 830 8 - -
> 150 200 295 640 to 830 7 - -
> 200 250 285 7 - -
*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping
For footnotes see page 9

Page 11
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
Flame and Nitration-hardened factor
induction hardened 5) 6) 7)
Welding preheat temperature

Chemical composition
(ladle analysis)
In hardening depth
Welding suitability
Application
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
example
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni N TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

min. min. min. min. max. max. max. max. each max.
0,17
- - - - - - - 1,40 0,045 - - - 0,009 1 - 0,9 1,2 0,9

0,20
0,21
Wall thickn.
from General purpose
- - - - - - - 1,50 0,045 - - - 0,009 2 30 mm: 1,0 1,2 0,9 steels
0,22 ca. 150C
limited feasibility 0,20

Wall thickn.
480 420 0,6 from
- - - 0,55 1,60 0,035 - - - - 2 30 mm: 1,0 1,3 1,0
+ 50
0,22 ca. 150C
General purpose
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,009 3 150 to 1,0 1,3 1,0 steels.
200 Bolts 5.6 up to
dia. 40 mm
200 to
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,009 4 1,1 1,4 1,0
400
General purpose
steels
200 to
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 0,009 4 1,2 1,6 1,0
400
Page 12
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)
Fatigue strength under reversed

Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
bending stresses
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield point or
(Heat ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Type Designation treatment Rp 0,2
and condition) 21) mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
standard Current No. Former min. min. min. min. min. max.
16 355
> 16 40 345
> 40 63 335 470 to 630
325 22
S355N 1.0545 StE 355 > 63 80 - 55 - -
> 80 100 315
>100 150 295 450 to 600
Weldable fine- >150 18) 18) 18)
grained 16 420
engineering > 16 40 400
steels > 40 63 390 520 to 680
normalised 370 19
S420N 1.8902 StE 420 > 63 80 - 55 - -
DIN EN > 80 100 360
10113-2 >100 150 340 500 to 650
>150 18) 18) 18)
19)
16 460
> 16 40 440
> 40 63 430 550 to 720 17
S460N 1.8901 StE 460 > 63 80 410 - 55 - -
> 80 100 400
>100 150 18) 18) 18)
>150
5 10 510 650 to 950 6
Unalloyed cold drawn > 10 16 420 600 to 900 7
140-168
bright steels E295GC 1.0533 St 50-2 KG and > 16 40 320 550 to 850 8 - - - 140-168
soft annealed > 40 63 300 520 to 770 9
DIN EN > 63 100 255 470 to 740 9
10083-2 5 10 565 750 to 1050 5
> 10 16 500 710 to 1030 6
DIN EN C45+C 1.0503 C 45 K cold drawn > 16 40 410 650 to 1000 7 - - - -
10277-2 > 40 63 360 630 to 900 8
> 63 100 310 580 to 850 8
Sheets Slightly cold
DC01+LC 1.0330 St 12 03 3 140 270 to 410 28 - - - -
DIN EN 10130 redrawn
St 37.0 1.0254 St 37.0 - - -
350 to 480
Tubes normalized 16 235
St 37.4 NBK 8) 9) 1.0255 St 37.4 NBK (bright > 16 40 225 - 43 - 100 to
25
> 40 140
DIN 1629 annealed) 65 215
DIN 1630 St 35.8 8) 1.0305 St 35.8 360 to 480 - 39 -
DIN 2391
DIN 17175 16 355 145 to
St 52.4 1.0581 St 52.4 - > 16 40 345 500 to 650 21 - 43 -
185
> 40 65 335
Stainless steel X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 X10 CrNiTi 50 200 500 to 730 35 - 85 - 130 to
tubes 18 9 solution heat 180
treated and
DIN 17457 X10 CrNiMoTi quenched 130 to
DIN 17458 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 18 10 50 210 500 to 730 35 - 85 - 180

Page 13
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost

(ladle analysis)
In hardening depth
Application
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
example
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

min. min. min. min. max. max. each
N max. 0,015
Al min. 0,02 )
0,90 P: 0,035 max. max. max. total
- - - - - - max.
0,50 to Cu max. 0,35 1 150 1,1 1,6 1,2
0,20 1,65
S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,50
Nb max. 0,05
V max. 0,12
Ti max. 0,03 Welding regulations
of SEW 088 must be
N max. 0,025 observed.
Al min. 0,02 )
1,00 total
max. 0,60 to P: 0,035 max. max. max.
- - - - - - Cu max. 0,70 ) 2 150 1,2 1,7 1,2
0,20 Subsequent
1,70 S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,80 Nb max. 0,05 attachment welds are
V max. 0,20 not permitted; bolted
Ti max. 0,03 connections must be
N max. 0,025 used instead.
Al min. 0,02 )
1,00 total
max. 0,60 to P: 0,035 max. max. max. Cu
- - - - - - max. 0,70 ) 2 150 1,3 1,8 1,2
0,20 1,70 S: 0,030 0,30 0,10 0,80 Nb max. 0,05
V max. 0,20
Ti max. 0,03
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - N = 0,009 3 150 to 1,0 1,3 1,3

200
Bright unalloyed
steels, key steels
0,42 0,50
max. max. max. Cr+Mo+Ni
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 4 200 to 1,1 1,4 2,3
0,50 0,80 0,40 0,10 0,40 max. 0,63 400
- - - - - - max. - max. 0,045 - - - - 2 - - - 1,0 Sheets

0,12 0,60
max.
0,17
- - 0,040 - - - N 0,009 1,0
max. 0,35 min. 0,040 - - - - 2,3
- - - - - - 0,17 0,35 1 - 0,9 1,2
0,10 0,40
max. 0,040 - - - - 3,0
0,17 to
to
0,35 0,80
max. 0,55 max. P: 0,040 Pipelines
- - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1,0 1,3 1,3
0,22 1,60 S: 0,035
- - - - - - max. 1,0 max. P: 0,045 17,0

to -
9,0
to Ti 5x%C 1 - - - 8,1
0,08 2,0 S: 0,030 to 0,80
19,0 12,0
max. max. P: 0,045 16,5 2,0 10,5 Ti 5x%C
- - - - - - 1,0 1 - - - 12,0
0,08 2,0 S: 0,030 to to to
to 0,80
18,5 2,5 13,5
) The minimum value of the Al total content does not apply if there are sufficient contents of nitrogen-fixing elements.
) When the copper content exceeds 0,35%, the nickel content must amount up to at least half the copper content.
Page 14
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield point or
Additional symbols 20) ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Type
Designation (heat treatment Rp 0,2
and
standard condition) 21) mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
Current No. Former min. min. min. min. min. max.
16 275 24
> 16 40 270 440 to 590 31
> 40 60 260 23
16Mo3 1.5415 15 Mo 3 normalised - - ***
> 60 100 240 430 to 580 22
27
> 100 150 220 420 to 570 19
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
16 265
> 16 40 255 23
410 to 530
> 40 60 245 27
P265GH 1.0425 H II normalised > 60 100 215 - - ***
22
> 100 150 200 400 to 530
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
16 300
+NT 450 to 600 20 31
> 16 60 295
+NT, +QA
60 100 275 440 to 590
13CrMo4-5 1.7335 13 CrMo 4 4 oder +QL 19 - 27 - ***
100 150 255 430 to 580
Steels for +QL
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
pressure
purposes 16 275
> 16 35 275
390 to 510 24
DIN EN > 35 50 265
10028-2 and 3 55
P275NH 1.0487 WStE 285 normalised > 50 70 255 - - -
> 70 100 235 370 to 490
19) 23
> 100 150 225 350 to 470
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
16 355
> 16 35 355
490 to 630 22
> 35 50 345
55
> 50 70 325
P355NH 1.0565 WStE 385 normalised - - -
> 70 100 315 470 to 610
21
> 100 150 295 450 to 590
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
16 460
> 16 35 450
570 to 720 17
> 35 50 440
55
P460NH 1.8935 WStE 460 normalised > 50 70 420 - - -
> 70 100 400 540 to 710
16
> 100 150 380 520 to 690
> 150 18) 18) 18) 18)
*** Mechanical properties of transverse samples

Page 15
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
In hardening depth
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Application
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
example
temperature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

0,12 0,40 0,25 Al tot.. *

- - - - - - to 0,35 to P: 0,030 max. to max.
2 - - - -
S: 0,025 0,30 0,30
0,20 0,90 0,35 Cu max. 0,30
Al tot..
min. 0,020
0,50 P: 0,030 max. Cu max. 0,30
max. max. max. Nb max. 0,010
- - - - - - 0,40 to 2 - - - -
0,20 S: 0,025 0,30 0,08 0,30 Ti max. 0,03
1,40 V max. 0,02
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni
max. 0,70
0,08 0,40 P: 0,030 0,70 0,40 Al tot.. *

- - - - - - to 0,35 to S: 0,025 to to - 2 - - - -
0,18 1,00 1,15 0,60 Cu max. 0,30
Al tot.. Pressure vessels,

min. 0,020 metal sheets,
Cu max. 0,30 steel strips
0,50 P: 0,030 ** ** N max. 0,020
max. max.
- - - - - -
0,18 0,40 to S: 0,025
max. max. Nb max. 0,05 2 - - - -
0,50 Ti max. 0,03
1,40 0,30 0,08
V max. 0,05
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,05
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,30
0,90 ** ** N max. 0,020
- - - - - - max. 0,50 P: 0,030 max. 2 - - - -
to max. max. Nb max. 0,05
0,20 1,70 S: 0,025 0,30 0,08
0,50 Ti max. 0,03
V max. 0,10
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,12
Al tot..
min. 0,020
Cu max. 0,70
1,00 N max. 0,025
- - - - - - max. 0,60 P: 0,030 max. max. max. 2 - - - -
to Nb max. 0,05
0,20 S: 0,025 0,30 0,10 0,80 Ti max. 0,03
1,70
V max. 0,20
Nb + Ti + V
max. 0,22
* The Al content of the heat must be determined and stated in the certificate.
** The total content of the three elements chromium, copper and molybdenum taken together must not exceed 0,45 %.
Page 16
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield point or
Type (Heat R eH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Designation treatment R p 0,2
and
standard condition) 21) mm N/mm 2 N/mm 2 % % J N/mm 2
3 50 620
700 to
Quenched and 890
S620QL 1.8927 TStE 620 V tempered for > 50 100 580 15 - 30 at - -
lower - 40C
temperatures
> 100 150 560 650 to
830
3 50 690 770 to
940
Engineering steels
Quenched and
with higher yield
tempered for > 50 100 760 to 30 at
point in quenched S690QL 1.8928 TStE 690 V 650
930
14 - - -
lower - 40C
and tempered or
temperatures
in precipitation-
hardened condition 710 to
> 100 150 630
900
DIN EN
10137-2 940 to
3 50 890
Quenched and 1100
SEW 090-2 tempered for 30 at
S890QL 1.8983 TStE 890 V 11 - - -
lower - 40C
temperatures 880 to
> 50 100 830
1100
Quenched and
tempered for 980 to 30 at
S960QL 1.8933 TStE 960 V 3 50 960 10 - - -
lower 1150 - 40C
temperatures
16 240 min. 430 24 - - 200

C22+N 1.0402 C 22 N 156
> 16 100 210 min. 410 25 - - -
Unalloyed 16 300 min. 550 18 - - 240

quenched and C35+N 1.0501 C 35 N > 16 100 270 min. 520 19 - - - 183
tempered steels > 100 250 245 min. 500 19 - - -
normalised *
DIN EN 16 340 min. 620 14 - - 280
10083-1 and 2 C45+N 1.0503 C 45 N > 16 100 305 min. 580 16 - - - 207
> 100 250 275 min. 560 16 - - -
Continued on 16 380 min. 710 10 - - 330

pages 18 and 19 C60+N 1.0601 C 60 N > 16 100 340 min. 670 11 - - - 241
> 100 250 310 min. 650 11 - - -
*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping

Page 17
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
In hardening depth
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Application
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
example
temperature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P u. S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

min. min. min. min. max. max. max. max. each max. max. max. max.
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 150
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P: 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 150
V 0,12 Vessel, trunnion ring,
Zr 0,15 brackets, lamella
plates
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 150
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 P: 0,020 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 4 to - - -
S: 0,010
Ti 0,05 150
V 0,12
Zr 0,15
0,17 0,40 from
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 2 30 mm 1,0 1,3 1,1 Quality steel for
medium loading
0,24 0,70 150 C
0,32 0,50 200 Quality steel for

- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 Cr+ Mo+ 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,2 medium loading,
0,39 0,80 400 bolts 5.6 from dia. 40
Ni to 160 mm
2 to
50+6 450 0,42 0,50 max. 200
4
- - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 0,63 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,2
0,50 0,80 400
Quality steel for
limited feasibility
higher loading
0,57 0,60
- - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 5 - 1,6 2,1 1,3
2 to 0,65 0,90
55+6 500
4
At least one of the grain-minimizing elements, one of which is aluminium, should be present at a min. percentage of 0,015%.
In the case of aluminium the minimum of 0,015% is valid for the soluble aluminium; this value is also considered attained when the total aluminium content
is at least 0,018%; in cases of arbitration the content of soluble aluminium must be determined.
Page 18
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)
Fatigue strength under reversed

Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
bending stresses
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield point or
(Heat
ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
ype treatment
Designation Rp 0,2
and condition)
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
standard 21)

16 430 630 to 780 17 40 35 320
C35+QT 1.0501 C 35 V
> 16 40 380 600 to 750 19 45 35 -
C35E+QT 1.1181 Ck 35 V
> 40 100 320 550 to 700 20 50 35 -
Unalloyed quenched 16 490 700 to 850 14 35 25 370
C45+QT 1.0503 C 45 V
quenched and and > 16 40 430 650 to 800 16 40 25 -
C45E+QT 1.1191 Ck 45 V
tempered steels tempered > 40 100 370 630 to 780 17 45 25 -
Conversion table for Brinell hardness (quenched and tempered) see DIN 50150, conversion not exact.
16 550 800 to 950 12 30 - 390
C55+QT 1.0535 C 55 V
DIN EN > 16 40 490 750 to 900 14 35 - -
C55E+QT 1.1203 Ck 55 V
10083-1 and 2 > 40 100 420 700 to 850 15 40 - -
C 75 * 1.0605 C 75 - - - - - - - -
16 420 620 to 760 17 40 42 320

Cf 35 V 10) 1.1183.05 Cf 35 V > 16 40 360 580 to 730 19 45 42 -
> 40 100 320 540 to 690 20 50 42 -
Flame-
quenched 16 480 700 to 840 14 35 28 370
hardening steels
Cf 45 V 10) 1.1193.05 Cf 45 V and > 16 40 410 660 to 800 16 40 28 -
tempered > 40 100 370 620 to 760 17 45 28 -
DIN 17212
16 510 740 to 880 12 25 - 390
Cf 53 V 10) 1.1213.05 Cf 55 V > 16 40 430 690 to 830 14 35 - -
> 40 100 400 640 to 780 15 40 - -
16 700 900 to 1100 12 50 45 440
quenched
> 16 40 600 800 to 950 14 55 50 -
25CrMo4+QT 1.7218 25 CrMo 4 V and
> 40 100 450 700 to 850 15 60 50 -
tempered
> 100 160 400 650 to 800 16 60 45 -
16 900 1000 to 1300 10 40 30 530

quenched > 16 40 750 1000 to 1200 11 45 35 -
42CrMo4+QT 1.7225
Alloyed 42 CrMo 4 V and > 40 100 650 900 to 1100 12 50 35 -
(41 CrMo 4 V) 10) (1.7223)
quenched and tempered > 100 160 550 800 to 950 13 50 35 -
tempered steels > 160 250 500 750 to 900 14 55 35 -
DIN EN
10083-1 16 900 1100 to 1300 9 40 30 * 570
quenched > 16 40 780 1000 to 1200 10 45 30 * -
50CrMo4+QT 1.7228
+ 50 CrMo 4 V and > 40 100 700 900 to 1100 12 50 30 * -
(49 CrMo 4 V) 10) (1.7238)
tempered > 100 160 650 850 to 1000 13 50 30 * -
(flame and > 160 250 550 800 to 950 13 50 30 * -
induction-
hardening 16 1000 1200 to 1400 9 40 35 -
steels) quenched > 16 40 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 45 -
DIN 17212) 34CrNiMo6+QT 1.6582 34 CrNiMo 6 V and > 40 100 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
tempered > 100 160 700 900 to 1100 12 55 45 -
> 160 250 600 800 to 950 13 55 45 -
16 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 30 570
quenched > 16 40 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 30 -
30CrNiMo8+QT 1.6580 30 CrNiMo 8 V and > 40 100 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 35 -
tempered > 100 160 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
> 160 250 700 900 to 1100 12 50 45 -
* not according to standard

Page 19
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
Flame and
Nitration-hardened factor
induction-hardened 5) 6) 7)

(ladle analysis)
Application
In hardening depth
Welding suitability
example
In nitriding depth
Hardening depth
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P u. S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

min. min. min. min. max. max. each max. max. max.
0,32 0,50 200
2 to 300
51+6 425 200 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,6
4 +50 Cr+
0,39 0,80 400
Mo+ QT and flame-
0,42 0,50 200
2 to 360 Ni hardening steels for
55+6 500 300 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,7
4 +50 medium and high
0,50 0,80 400
max. loads
0,57 0,60 0,63
2 to 400
57+6 525 330 0,5 to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 5 - 1,2 1,5 1,8
4 +50
0,65 0,90
0,70 0,15 0,60
- - - - - - to to to 0,045 - - - - - - - - - Steel strips
0,80 0,35 0,80
0,33 0,15 0,50 200
2 to 300 P: 0,025
51+6 425 200 0,5 to to to - - - - 4 to 1,1 1,4 1,6
4 +50 S: 0,035
0,39 0,35 0,80 400
QT and flame-
0,43 0,15 0,50 200
2 to 360 P: 0,025 hardening steels for
55+6 500 300 0,5 to to to - - - - 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,7
4 +50 S: 0,035 medium and high
0,49 0,35 0,80 400
loads
0,50 0,15 0,40
2 to 400 P: 0,025
57+6 525 330 0,5 to to to - - - - 5 - 1,2 1,5 1,8
4 +50 S: 0,035
0,57 0,35 0,70
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15 200
600 Trunnions, pressure
- - - 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - 4 to 1,5 1,9 1,6
+100 plates, piston rods
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30 400
Bolts 8.8 up to 100mm

dia., nuts, piston rods,
2 0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15 300
500 drive shafts, universal
54+6 475 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - 4 to 1,7 2,1 1,6
+100 joint shafts, coupling
6 0,45 0,90 1,20 0,30 350
hubs, mill pinions,
gear wheels
Bolts 8.8, dia. 100 to
160 mm, pressure
2 0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15 350 plates, piston rods,
500
56+6 500 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - 4 a) to 1,7 2,2 1,6 pinch rolls, universal
+100
6 0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30 400 joint shaft heads,
pinion shafts, bevel
gears
Universal joint shaft
2 0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 300 heads, worm shafts,
600
52+6 450 to 330 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9 pinion shafts, gear
+100
6 0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70 350 racks, gearwheels,
mill pinions
0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80 300 Bolts 10.9 up to

650
- - - 350 0,6 to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9 dia. 100 mm, gear
+100
0,34 0,60 2,20 0,50 2,20 350 wheels
a) Forms Cr carbides, which are difficult to machine.

Page 20
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield point or
ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw
Type Designation Supplementary
Rp 0,2 HB
and symbol 20)
standard
16MnCr5+TH 1.7131 16 MnCr 5 BF - - 720** - - - - 207

Case hardening For storage the
steels heat treatment
20MnCr5+TH 1.7147 20 MnCr 5 BF condition can be - - 760** - - - - 217
DIN EN indicated:
10084 + TH
18CrNiMo7-6+TH 1.6587 17 CrNiMo 6 BF - - 800** - - - - 229
High
temperature X 22 CrMoV
steels X22CrMoV12-1 1.4923 12 1 +QT 160 600 800 to 950 14 40 27 - -
DIN EN 10269
Steels for 100 39
X 20 CrMoV
forgings X20CrMoV11-1 1.4922 12 1 +QT > 100 250 500 700 to 850 16 - 31 310 -
DIN EN 10222-2 > 250 330 27
100 215 340 24 35
S235JRG2 1.0038 RSt 37-2 +N > 100 250 175 340 23 - 30 - -
> 250 500 165 340 23 27
100 215 340 24 35 ***
S235J2G3 1.0116 St 37-3 +N > 100 250 175 340 23 - 30 *** - -
> 250 500 165 340 23 27 ***
100 315 490 20 35 ***
S355J2G3 1.0570 St 52-3 +N > 100 250 275 450 18 - 30 *** - -
> 250 500 265 450 18 27 ***
C22 1.0402 C 22 +N 100 210 410 25 - - - -
300 100 530 22 50

> 100 280 250 520 22 50
+N > 250 260 500
- - -
500 22 40
20Mn5 1.1133 20 Mn 5 > 500 250 750 490 22 40
400 70 550 16 50
+QT > 70 300 160 500 20 - 45 - -
Steels for > 160 300 330 500 20 45
forgings 270 100 520 19 30
> 100 245 250 500 19 25
DIN EN +N > 250 220 500 480 19 - 20 - -
10250-2 > 500 210 1000470 18 17
C35E 1.1181 Ck 35
s SEW 550
s >500 1000
245 490 to 610 20 (31)
320 70 550 20 35
(for >500 mm)
+QT > 70 290 160 490 22 - 31 - -
> 160 270 330 470 21 25
305 100 580 16 -
> 100 275 250 560 16 18
+N > 250 240 500 540 16 - 15 - 207
> 500 230 1000530 15 12
C45E 1.1191 Ck 45 s >500 1000
295 590 to 720 15 (24)
370 70 630 17 25
+QT > 70 340 160 590 18 - 22 - -
> 160 320 330 540 17 20
340 100 670 11 -
> 100 310 250 650 11 -
+N > 250 275 500 630 11 - - - 241
> 500 260 1000620 10 -
C60E 1.1221 Ck 60 s >500 1000
345 680 to 830 12 (-)
450 70 750 14
+QT > 70 390 160 690 15 - - - -
> 160 350 330 670 14
* Preliminary value, ** Only guide values, *** Notched bar impact bending tests at approx. 20C
DVM specimen longitudinal

Page 21
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
Flame and induction-hardened factor
5) 6) 7)
Relative cost factor for

Permissible deviation
hardening treatment
In hardening depth
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Carburizing depth
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Application
On the surface
example
temperature
C min.: 0,4%
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Eht C Si Mn P, S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

min. min. max. max. max. each
0,14 1,00 0,80
200 to Pins, bushings, sliding
to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 4
400 1,5 1,9 1,2 liners, eccentrics,
0,19 1,30 1,10
1,6 0,2 0,8 4) 1,0 cylinders, worm shafts,
0,17 1,10 1,00 pinion shafts, bevel
2,4 0,3 57+5 550 1,2 4) 1,1 200 to
to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 4 1,5 1,9 1,2
gears, gearwheels
3,2 0,3 11) 1,6 4) 1,2 400
0,22 1,40 1,30
4,0 0,3 2,0 4) 1,4
0,15 0,50 1,50 0,25 1,40 Gear components, ring
0,035
to 0,40 to to to to - 2 a) - 1,6 2,1 2,9 gears, drive pinions,
0,015 d)
0,21 0,90 1,80 0,35 1,70 wear parts
0,18 0,40 11,00 0,80 0,30 V
- - - - - - to 0,50 to P: 0,025 to to to 0,25 to 350 to
4 450 b) - - -
S: 0,015 Coiler segments (hot
0,24 0,90 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35
strip), table rollers
350 to (covering), shafts for
0,17 0,30 10,00 0,80 0,30 V 4
450 b) mandrel extension
- - - - - - to 0,40 to P: 0,025 to to to 0,20 to - - -
0,23 1,00 S: 0,015 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35 4
150 to
280 c)
max. 0,55 max. 0,30 max.
- - - - - - 0,20 1,40
0,045
0,08 0,30
e) e) 0,9 1,2 1
Al min.
0,020
max. 0,55 max.
- - - - - - 0,035 0,30 max. 0,30 e) e) - - 1 for low loads,
0,17 1,40 0,08 Cr+ Mo+ for general use
Ni max.
max. max. max. 0,48
- - - - - - 0,55 0,035 0,30 0,30 e) e) 1,0 1,3 1
0,22 1,60 0,08
0,17 0,40 Cr+Mo+
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 max.
0,10 0,40 Ni max. 1,0 1,3 1
e) e)
0,24 0,70 0,63
Al min. for medium loads,
0,020 1
0,17 1,00 for general use
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 max. 0,40 e) e) - -
0,23 1,50 0,40 0,10 Cr+Mo+
Ni max.
0,63 1,3
1
0,32 0,50 max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 e) e) 1,1 1,4
0,10
0,39 0,80
1,3
1
0,42 0,50 max. Cr+Mo+ for medium loads,
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 Ni max. e) e) 1,2 1,5 for general use,
0,10
0,50 0,80 0,63 surface-hardening
1,3
1
0,57 0,60 max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,40 e) e) 1,6 2,1
0,10
0,65 0,90
1,3
a) In non-hardened condition (otherwise 5: not weldable). b) Welding in the austenitic range.

c) Welding in the martensitic range. d) Special requirement of SMS Demag.
e) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions, to be agreed upon with design department.
Page 22
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield point or
Type
20) ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Designation Supplementary mm Rp 0,2
and
standard symbols N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
70 450 700 15 50
25CrMo4 1.7218 25 CrMo 4 +QT > 70 160 400 650 17 - 45 - -
> 160 330 380 600 18 38
70 550 800 14 45
34CrMo4 1.7220 34 CrMo 4 +QT > 70 160 450 700 15 - 40 - -
> 160 330 410 650 16 33
160 500 750 14 30
> 160 330 460 700 15 27
42CrMo4 1.7225 42 CrMo 4 +QT - - -
> 330 500 390 600 16 22
> 500 750 390 590 to 740 16 (38)
Steels for 160 550 800 13 25
forgings > 160 330 540 750 14 20
50CrMo4 1.7228 50 CrMo 4 +QT - 15 - -
> 330 500 490 700 15
DIN EN > 500 750 490 690 to 840 15 (31)
10250-3 160 700 800 12 45
> 160 330 630 750 12 45
30CrNiMo8 1.6580 30 CrNiMo 8 +QT - - -
SEW 550 > 330 660 590 700 12 40
(for > 500 mm) > 500 1000 590 780 to 930 12 (45)
160 600 900 13 45
> 160 330 540 850 14 45
34CrNiMo6 1.6582 34 CrNiMo 6 +QT - 40 - -
> 330 660 490 800 15
> 500 1000 490 690 to 840 15 (41)
70 980 1100 10 28
> 70 160 820 1000 12 48
> 160 330 780 950 12 48
33NiCrMoV14-5 1.6956 33 NiCrMoV 14 5 +QT - (34) - -
1000 785 930 to 1130 12
>1000 1500 735 880 to 1080 13 (34)
>1500 2000 685 830 to 980 14 (34)
X 20 Cr 13 V I +QT 700 500 700 to 850 13 25 370
160 -
X20Cr13 1.4021 X 20 Cr 13 V II +QT 800 600 800 to 950 12 - 20 400
X 20 Cr 13 +A - - 760 - - - 230
X 17 CrNi 16 2 V +QT 800 600 800 to 900 20

Steels for 10 -
X17CrNi16-2 1.4057 X 17 CrNi 16 2 V +QT 900 250 700 900 to 1050 - 15 -
forgings X 17 CrNi 16 2 +A - 1000 - - 295
DIN EN
X4CrNi18-10 1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 9 - 250 190 500 to 700 35 - 100 - -
10250-4
X 10 CrNiTi
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 - 450 190 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
18 9
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 X 10 CrNiMoTi

18 10 - 450 200 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
X 5 CrNiMo
X4CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 - 250 200 500 to 700 30 - 100 - -
17 12 2
+QT 760 550 760 to 960 90
450 16 -
X4CrNiMo16-5-1 1.4418 - +QT 900 700 900 to 1100 - 80 -
+A - - 1100 - - 320
DVM specimen longitudinal

Page 23
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
factor
5) 6) 7)
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Welding preheat
Application
example
temperature
Machining
Material
C Si Mn P, S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
% % % % % % % % (C)
max. max. each
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,5 1,9 1,6
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30
0,30 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) - - - Pressure plates, coupling hubs,
0,37 0,90 1,20 0,30 drive shafts, bending blocks
0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,1 1,6
0,45 0,90) 1,20 0,30
0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15

Pressure rolls, mandrel bodies,
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,2 1,6
coilers for hot rolling mills
0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30
0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,34 0,60 2,20 0,50 2,20 Reel shafts for cold rolling mill,
tie-rods, spindle shafts,
0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 gear wheels
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70
0,28 0,15 1,00 0,30 2,90 V: 0,08

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to a) a) - - -
to 0,25
0,38 0,40 1,70 0,60 3,80
350 to
450 b)
4 1,1 Big-diameter reel mandrels for
150 to
280 c) cold rolling mills,
350 to spades, spindle shafts,
0,16 12,0 450 b) CVC blocks, pins,
to max. P: 0,040 to
1,00 - - - 4 - - 1,1 push rods,
0,25 1,50 S: 0,030 14,0 150 to
280 c) top clamp release cylinders
350 to
450 b)
4 1
150 to
280 c)
0,12 P: 0,040 15,00 1,50
max. max. - - 2 - - - 1,7
to to to
0,22 1,00 1,50 S: 0,030
17,00 2,50
17,0 8,00
max. max. P: 0,045 N max.
1,00 to - to 1 - 1,5 1,9 3,8
0,07 2,00 S: 0,030 0,11
19,5 10,50
max. max. P: 0,045 17,0 9,00 Ti
1,00 to - to 5x C, 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,0
0,08 2,00 S: 0,030
19,0 12,00 to 0,70
Water boxes
16,50 2,00 10,50 Ti
max. 1,00 max. P: 0,045 to to
0,08 2,00 S: 0,030 to 5x C, 1 - - - 6,5
18,50 2,50 13,50 to 0,70
max. max. max. P: 0,045 16,50 2,00 10,00 N max.
to to to 1 - - - -
0,07 1,00 2,00 S: 0,030 0,11
18,50 2,50 13,00
15,00 0,80 4,00
max. max. max. P: 0,045 N max. - - - Discharge covers,
to to to
0,06 0,70 1,50 S: 0,030 0,020 bottom clamp release cylinders
17,00 1,50 6,00
a) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions, to be agreed upon with design department.
b) Welding in the austenitic range.
c) Welding in the martensitic range.
Page 24
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress

Type of product *
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield point or
Type
20) ReH / Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
and Designation Supplementary mm Rp 0,2
standard symbol N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
700 to
X 20 Cr 13 VI +QT700 - 160 500
850
13 - 25 370 -
800 to
X20Cr13 1.4021 X 20 Cr 13 VII +QT800 - 160 600
950 12 - 20 400 -
X 20 Cr 13 +A - - - max. 760 - - - - 230
800 to
+QT800 600 20
900
10 - - -
900 to
X17CrNi16-2 1.4057 X 17 CrNi 16 2 +QT900 - 250 700
1050
15
+A - 1000 - - - - 295
Stainless steels X39 CrMo 17 1V +QT C 3 - - - - - - -
DIN 17440 X39CrMo17-1 1.4122

C 6
and X39 CrMo 17 1 +A - 900 12 - - - 280
H 12
DIN EN
10088-1 to 3
160 500 to 180
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 9 quenched - 190 35 - 100 -
> 160 250 700 -
C 6 240 -
530 to
40 **
680
X 5 CrNiMo solution-
X4CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401
17 12 2 annealed
H 12 220 - - -
90
520 to
P 75 220 45 **
670
X 10 CrNiTi 160 500 to

X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 quenched - 190 30 - 100 200 -
18 9 > 160 450 700
X 10 CrNiMoTi 160 500 to

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 quenched - 200 30 - 100 - -
18 10 > 160 450 700
* C = cold-rolled strip; H = hot-rolled strip; P = hot-rolled plate;

** Thickness at least 3 mm

Page 25
SN 359 : 2002-01
Flame and Relative cost
induction- Nitration-hardened factor
hardened 5) 6) 7)
In hardening depth
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Application
On the surface
On the surface
Nitriding depth
example
temperature
Machining
Material
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P, S Cr Mo Ni Others TV
(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

350 to
450 b)
- - - - - - 4 - - -
150 to
280 c)
Pins, shafts, bushings,
0,16 P: 0,040 12,0 350 to pipe supports, oil
max. 450 b)
- - - - - - to 1,00 S: 0,015 to - - - 4 - - - distributors, screws,
0,25 1,50 a) 14,0 150 to washers, semi-
280 c) finished products
350 to
450 b)
- - - - - - 4 - - -
150 to
280 c)
0,12 15,00 1,50

to max. max. P: 0,040 to
Semi-finished
- - - - - - - to - 2 - - - -
0,22 1,00 1,50 S: 0,030 17,00 2,50 products
47 480
to to - - - - - - - - -
53 580 0,33 max. max. P: 0,040 15,50 0,80
max. Cold and hot rolled
to 1,00 1,50 S: 0,015 to to -
1,00 strip, hot rolled plate
0,45 17,50 1,30
- - - - - - 5 - - - -
Screws, washers,
max. 1,00 max. S: 0,015 17,0
P: 0,045 8,00 flanges, vessels,
- - - - - - to - to N 0,11 1 - 1,5 1,9 3,8 shapes, wires, chains,
0,07 2,00 a) 19,5 10,50
semi-finished products
16,50 2,00 10,00 Anchor bolts, shim

- - - - - - max. max. max. P: 0,045 to to to N max. 1 - - - - packs, plates, stud
0,07 1,00 2,00 S: 0,015 18,50 0,11
2,50 13,00 anchors, seals
Flanges, vessels, pipe

P: 0,045 17,0 9,00 Ti
- - - - - - max. 1,00 max. - 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,2 couplings, shapes,
0,08 2,00 S: 0,015 to to 5x C
semi-finished
a) 19,0 12,00 to 0,70 products, seals
- - - - - - max. 1,00 max. P: 0,045 16,50 2,00 10,50 Ti

1 - - - -
Flanges, pipes, pipe
S: 0,015 to to to 5x C couplings, semi-
0,08 2,00 18,50
a) 2,50 13,50 to 0,70 finished products
a) In the case of bars, wires and forgings a max. content of 0.030 % S is applicable.
b) Welding in the austenitic range.
c) Welding in the martensitic range.
Page 26
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
Strength category
Tensile strength
(Guide values)
Yield strength
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Type Designation (Heat mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J N/mm2
and treatment
standard condition) 21)
Current No. Former min. min. min. min. min.
10 20 - min. 180 0,8 - - 90 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-200 1030 GG-20 - - > 20 40 - min. 155 to - - - -
> 40 80 - min. 130 0,3 - - - -
Cast iron with
lamellar 10 20 - min. 225 0,8 - - 120 -
EN-JL
graphite EN-GJL-250 13)
1040
GG-25 - - > 20 40 - min. 195 to - - - -
> 40 80 - min. 170 0,3 - - - -
DIN EN 1561
10 20 - min. 270 0,8 - - 140 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-300
1050
GG-30 - - > 20 40 - min. 240 to - - - -
> 40 80 - min. 210 0,3 - - - -
Cast iron with untreated or

max.
lamellar GGL-320 MoCr 8 - - annealed for - - - min. 350 - - - -
280
graphite stress relief
30 250 min. 400 18 - - - 130

EN-GJS-400-18U EN-JS - - > 30 60 250 min. 390 15 - - - to
1062
> 60 200 240 min. 370 12 - - - 180
GGG-40
30 250 min. 400 15 - - - 130
EN-JS
EN-GJS-400-15U 13) - - > 30 60 250 min. 390 14 - - - to
1072
> 60 200 240 min. 370 11 - - - 180
Spheroidal
graphite cast 30 320 min. 500 7 - - - 170
EN-JS
iron EN-GJS-500-7U GGG-50 - - > 30 60 300 min. 450 7 - - - to
1082
> 60 200 290 min. 420 5 - - - 230
DIN EN 1563
30 370 min. 600 3 - - - 190
EN-JS
EN-GJS-600-3U GGG-60 - - > 30 60 360 min. 600 2 - - - to
1092 > 60 200 340 min. 550 1 - - - 270
30 420 min. 700 2 - - - 225

EN-JS
EN-GJS-700-2U GGG-70 - - > 30 60 400 min. 700 2 - - - to
1102
> 60 200 380 min. 660 1 - - - 305
Malleable cast EN-GJMW-360-12 EN-JM max.
GTW-S 38-12 annealed for 190 360
iron 1020 sample (A3,4) 200
decarburi- - - - -
EN-JM diameter: 12 5 max.
sation
DIN EN 1562 EN-GJMW-400-5 1030 GTW-40-05 220 400 220
30 200 min. 380 25 40 35 160 110
GS-38 1.0420 GS-38 normalized - to
> 30 100 200 min. 380 25 40 35 -
150
General- 130
purpose cast GS-45 30 230 min. 450 22 31 27 190
15) 1.0446 GS-45 normalized - to
steel > 30 100 230 min. 450 22 31 27 -
170
DIN1681 150
GS-52 1.0552 GS-52 normalized 30
- > 30 100 260 min. 520 18 25 27 210 to
260 min. 520 18 25 22 210
14) 200
30 300 min. 600 15 21 27 240 175
GS-60 1.0558 GS-60 normalized - to
> 30 100 300 min. 600 15 21 20 240 220
Cast steel
quenched 50 360 500 to 650 24 - 70 - -
(weldable,
GS-20Mn5V 1.1120 GS-20Mn5V and - > 50 100 300 500 to 650 24 - 50 - -
strong, tough) tempered > 100 160 280 500 to 650 22 - 40 - -
DIN 17182
Expected values in the casting

Page 27
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
Flame and Physical properties factor
Coefficient of expansion
Modulus of elasticity
(ladle analysis)
In hardening depth
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
Application
Welding preheat
On the surface
example
temperature
Machining
Material
Density
HRC HV1 Rht C Si Mn P, S Cr Mo Ni Others TV

(mm) kg/ 10-6/ kN/
dm3 K mm2 % % % % % % % % (C)
min. min. max. each
88
10,0
- - - 7,15 to - - - - 4 - 1,0 1,3 1,0 GG-25 suitable for

113 castings for hydraulic
at 100C to +20C
systems 200 bar

103
10,0
- - - 7,20 to - - - - at supplier's discretion 4 - 1,0 1,2 1,0 drawing indication:

118 casting for hydr. systems
test pressure e.g.: 300 bar
108
for repair welding only

10,0
- - - 7,25 to - - - - 4 - 1,0 1,2 1,0 Housings, fittings, valves

137
To be used only in
3,0 1,6 0,5 exceptional cases upon
0,20 0,20
0,60
- - - 7,30 - - to to to P: to to - - 4 - 1,0 1,2 previous agreement.
S: 0,12
3,4 2,4 1,0 0,40 1,00 Better wear resistance at
higher temperature.
Mill housings, gen. cast

- - - 7,10 12,5 169 - - - - 4 - 0,9 1,1 1,0 machine components with
ductility requirement
GGG-40 suited for
castings for hydr. systems
- - - 7,10 12,5 169 - - - - 4 - 0,9 1,1 1,0
200 bar
Chocks
High impact resistance,
- - - 7,10 12,5 169 - - - - at supplier's discretion 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,1 bearing and gear
components
2 to
47+6 372 7,20 12,5 174 - - - - 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,2
4
Pistons, gearwheels,
wear parts
47+6 375 2 to 7,20 12,5 176 - - - - 5 - 1,3 1,6 1,2
4
malleable cast iron specially developed for welding 4

- - - 7,30 - - - - - - Threaded fittings
cosmetic repairs only 5
0,15 0,30 0,60 max.
- - - 7,85 11,1 211 to to to 0,025 2 - 1,0 1,3 1,0 For medium loads
0,30
0,18 0,50 0,80
0,18 0,30 0,60 from
- - - P: 0,020 max. 2
to to to 30mm 1,1 1,3 1,0
0,23 0,50 0,80 S: 0,015 0,30 150C
approximate Cylinders, mill housings
0,28 0,30 0,60 analysis 150
- - - 0,025 max. 3 1,2 1,4 1,0
to to to 0,30 to
0,35 0,50 0,80 200
0,40 0,30 0,70 max. 200
- - - to to to 0,025 4 to 1,2 1,5 1,0 Track rollers,
0,30 gear components
0,44 0,50 0,90 400
0,17 1,00 150 For welded highly loaded
max. P: 0,020 max. max. max.
- - - 7,85 - - to to - 2 to 1,2 1,4 1,0 machine components, mill
0,23 0,60 1,50 S: 0,015 0,30 0,15 0,40 200 housings
Page 28
SN 359 : 2002-01
1) 2) 3)


Material
Notch impact energy
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
Strength category
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield strength
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HB
Type Designation (Heat
and treatment
standard Current No. Former condition) 21)
min. min. min. min. min. max.
I 400 520 to 670 14 - 50 - -
hardened 50
II 550 700 to 850 10 - 35 - -
GS-30 Mn 5 V 1.1165 GS-30 Mn 5 V and
I 360 500 to 650 12 - 35 - -
tempered > 50 100
II 450 600 to 750 10 - 27 - -
I 450 600 to 750 18 - 50 - -
50
hardened II 600 750 to 900 10 - 35 - -
GS-25 CrMo 4 V 1.7218 GS-25 and I 450 600 to 750 14 - 40 - -
Quenched and CrMo 4 V > 50 100
tempered II 550 700 to 850 10 - 32 - -
tempered cast
I > 100 150 410 600 to 750 12 - 32 - -
steel
I 650 780 to 930 14 - 35 - -
50
DIN 17205 hardened II 800 900 to 1100 10 - 27 - -
GS-42 CrMo 4 V 1.7225 GS-42 and I 600 800 to 950 12 - 30 - -
CrMo 4 V > 50 100
tempered II 700 850 to 1000 10 - 27 - -
I > 100 150 550 700 to 850 10 - 27 - -
I 700 850 to 1000 12 - 45 - -
hardened 100
800 900 to 1100 10 - 35 - -
1.6582 GS-34
II
GS-34 CrNiMo 6 V and
CrNiMo 6 V I > 100 250 650 800 to 950 12 - 30 - -
tempered
I > 250 400 600 800 to 950 10 - 27 - -
quenched
Cast steel for G42CrMo4 1.7231 G42CrMo4 and 150 470 min. 680 12 - - - -
-
flame and tempered
induction
hardening quenched
G50CrMo4 1.7232 G50CrMo4 and - 150 520 min. 730 11 - - - -
SEW 835
tempered
GP240GR+N 1.0621 GS-C 25 N normalized 27

240 420 to 600
- 100 22 - - -
quenched MPa MPa
GP240GH+QT 1.0619 GS-C 25 V and 40
tempered
quenched 245 440 to 590
G20Mo5+QT 1.5419 GS-22 Mo 4 V and - 100 22 - 27 - -
tempered MPa Mpa
Cast steel for
service at quenched 315 490 to 690
elevated G17CrMo5-5+QT 1.7357 GS-17 and - 100 20 - 27 - -
temperatures CrMo 5 5 V tempered MPa Mpa
DIN EN
10213-2 quenched 440 590 to 780
G17CrMoV5-10+QT 1.7706 GS-17 and - 150 15 - 27 - -
CrMoV 5 11 V
tempered MPa Mpa
G-X22 quenched 540 740 to 880

GX23CrMoV12-1+QT 1.4931 CrMoV 12 1 V and - 150 15 - 27 - -
tempered MPa Mpa
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2
** The hardness values apply to the condition after stress-relieving at temperatures between 140 and 180C (see SEW 835; section 5.3)

Page 29
SN 359 : 2002-01
Relative cost
Flame and Physical properties factor
(ladle analysis)
In hardening depth
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
Application
Welding preheat
On the surface
example
temperature
Machining
Material
Density
HRC HV1 Rht C Si Mn P, S Cr Mo Ni Others TV

(mm) kg/ 10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % (C)
dm3 K mm2
min. min. max. each
0,27 1,20 150

- - - 7,85 - - to max. to P: 0,020 - - - - 3 to 1,2 1,5 1,0 Bearing races, wheels
0,60 S: 0,015
0,34 1,50 200
0,22 max. 0,50 P: 0,020 0,80 0,20 200

- - - 7,85 11,0 211 to to to to - - 4 to 1,5 1,9 1,2
0,60 S: 0,015
0,29 0,80 1,20 0,30 400
Wheels, pinions, bevel gears
0,38 max. 0,60 P: 0,020 0,80 0,20 300
54+6 475 26to 7,85 - - to 0,60 to S: 0,015 to to - - 4 to 1,6 2,0 1,2
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30 350
0,30 0,60 1,40 0,20 1,40 300

- - - 7,85 - - to max. to P: 0,020 to to to - 4 to 1,9 2,4 1,3 Gear
construction, pinions,
0,60 S: 0,015 wheels
0,37 1,00 1,70 0,30 1,70 350
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,20 300

min. 7,85
to max. to P: 0,020 to to
Toggle levers, crane wheels,
54 ** - - - - - 4 to - - -
5 0,45 0,60 1,00 S: 0,015 1,20 0,30 350 bevel gears
0,46 0,25 0,50 0,90 0,15 350 Parts subject to wear which
min. 7,85
57 ** to to to P: 0,035 to to - - 4 to - - - have high strength and good
6 0,54 0,50 0,80 S: 0,035 1,20 0,25 400 depth hardening capacity
0,18
max.
to 1,20
0,25 max. from
P: 0,030
- - - 7,85 - - - - - - 2 30 mm 1,2 1,4 1,0 Housings, covers
0,18 0,60 0,50 S: 0,020 150C
to to
0,23 1,20
0,15 0,50 0,40
- - - 7,85 12,2 211 to max. to P: 0,025 - to - - 2 200 1,2 1,5 1,1 Valves, elbows
0,23 0,60 1,00 S: 0,020 0,60
0,15 0,50 1,00 0,45
max. for highly stressed machine
- - - 7,85 12,2 211 to 0,60 to 0,020 to to - - 3 250 1,3 1,6 1,2
components
0,20 1,00 1,50 0,65
V
0,20
0,15 0,50 1,20 0,90
- - - 7,85 - - - to to max. to P: 0,020 to to 3 300 1,5 1,8
good high-temperature
1,3 strength, see DIN EN 10213
0,30 0,60 S: 0,015
0,20 0,90 1,50 1,10
Sn max.
0,025
V
0,25
0,20 0,50 P: 0,030 11,30 1,00 max.
- - - 7,7 10,5 216 to 0,40 to to to to 4 400 1,5 1,9 1,7 Coiler segments
S: 0,020 1,00 0,35
0,26 0,80 12,20 1,20
W max.
0,50
Page 30
SN 359 : 2002-01
Strength characteristics Hardness data
3)

Material
Tensile strength
Brinell hardness
Yield strength
Designation Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw HB 10/1000 at
Type N/mm2 N/mm2 % N/mm2
and
standard 20C 150C 200C 250C
Current No. Former
min. min. min. min. min.
GK-CuSn10Zn * - GK-S1 min. 160 min. 290 min. 20 - 85 - - -
Copper-tin-zinc cast CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GS CC493K-GS G-CuSn7ZnPb min. 120 min. 230 min. 15 60 - - -
(Rg 7)
alloys (red brass)
DIN EN 1982 GZ-CuSn7ZnPb

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ CC493K-GZ (GZ-Rg 7) min. 120 min. 260 min. 12 110 70 - - -
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GC GC-CuSn7ZnPb
CC493K-GC min. 120 min. 260 min. 12 70 - - -
(GC-Rg 7)
CuSn12-C-GS CC483K-GS G-CuSn12 min. 140 min. 260 min. 7 80 - - -
CuSn12-C-GZ CC483K-GZ GZ-CuSn12 min. 280 min. 5 90 - - -

min. 150 90
CuSn12-C-GC CC483K-GC GC-CuSn12 min. 300 min. 6 - - -
CuSn12Ni2-C-GS CC484K-GS G-CuSn12Ni min. 160 min. 280 min. 12 85 - - -

Copper-tin cast alloys
(tin bronze)
CuSn12Ni2-C-GZ CC484K-GZ GZ-CuSn12Ni min. 8 140 - - -
DIN EN 1982 min. 180 min. 300 95
CuSn12Ni2-C-GC CC484K-GC GC-CuSn12Ni min. 10 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GS CC482K-GS G-CuSn12Pb min. 130 min. 240 80 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GZ CC482K-GZ GZ-CuSn12Pb min. 5 130 - - -

min. 150 min. 280 90
CuSn11Pb2-C-GC CC482K-GC GC-CuSn12Pb - - -
Copper-tin-lead cast CuSn10Pb10-C-GS CC495K-GS G-CuPb10Sn min. 80 min. 180 min. 8 70 60 - - -

alloys (cast tin-lead-
bronze)
DIN EN 1982 CuSn10Pb10-C-GZ CC495K-GZ GZ-CuPb10Sn min. 110 min. 220 min. 6 (80) 70 - - -
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GS CC333G-GS G-CuAl10Ni min. 250 min. 600 min. 13 185 140 - - -
Copper-aluminium cast
alloys (cast aluminium-
bronze)
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GZ CC333G-GZ GZ-CuAl10Ni min. 280 min. 650 min. 13 (185) 150 - - -
DIN EN 1982
AMPCO 18-23 ** - - min. 365 min. 724 min. 14 202 - - -
(185)
AMPCO 18-23 (GZ) ** - - min. 386 min. 758 min. 16 207 - - -
MAIN-METALL ** - - 220 to 280 to 5 to - 85 to - -

300 320 15 125 ***
40
White bronze Alzen 305 ** - - 215 to 290 to 5 to - - -
275 390 8
90
215 to 290 to 12 to
Alzen 305 K ** - - - 35 - -
265 390 20
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material
* Not according to standard

** Not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.
*** Upon request also < 80 HB

Page 31
SN 359 : 2002-01
Physical
properties
Chemical analysis
(main alloying constituents)
Properties Application
example
Density
Cu Sn Zn Pb Ni Fe P, S Al Si Sb Mn Others
kg/ 10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % % % % %
dm3 K mm2
86,0 9,0 1,0

from Purchase Dept. upon Resistance to rolling emulsion
- - to to to - - - - - - - - -
request in aluminium stands
89,0 11,0 3,0
seawater-resistant, good
8,8 metal-working and emer- Slide plates, high-load
98 81,0 6,0 2,0 5,0 gency running properties, bearings,
to max. max.
max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to to to - - sensitive to edge loading,
2,0 0,2 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,3 operating temperature
115 85,0 8,0 5,0 8,0 cost 30% lower as compared
with CuSn12-C-GS, not max. 150 C
weldable
P: max.
85,0 11,0 0,60
max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to - -
88,5 13,0 0,7 2,0 0,20 S: max. 0,01 0,01 0,15 0,20
0,05 Sliding liners, highly stressed
8,6 seawater-resistant, high
P: 0,05 sliding blocks, spindle nuts
wear resistance, moving under load, highly
to good impact and fatigue
90 84,5 11,0 1,5 stressed and fast-running
max. max. max. 0,40 max. max. max. max. strength, sensitive to
17,5 to to to to - worm gears, very well suited
0,4 0,3 2,5 0,20 0,01 0,01 0,1 0,20 edge pressure.
110 87,5 13,0 S: max. as bearing material with high
CuSn12Ni with increased surface quality and hardened
0,05 strength and resistance to
shaft material, operating
wear.
temperature max. 250 C
P: max.
83,5 10,5 0,7
8,7 18,5 to to max. to max. max. 0,40 max. max. max. max. -
87,0 12,5 2,0 2,5 2,0 0,20
S: max. 0,01 0,01 0,20 0,20
0,08
highly corrosion and wear- Bearing material for roll

resistant, good sliding
75 78,0 9,0 8,0 bearings and rotary shears.
9,0 18,7 to to to max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max. properties, very good
2,0 to 2,0 0,25 0,10 0,01 0,01 0,5 0,2 -
emergency running
Superior to tin bronze and red
83 82,0 11,0 11,0 brass in the case of journals
properties, insensitive to without surface hardening.
edge pressure

Cr max.
0,05; Bearing material for roll
17 100 76,0 max. max. max. 4,0 4,0 8,5 max. max. Mg max. bearings and rotary shears.
7,6 to to to 0,1 0,50 0,03 to to - to 0,1 - high resistance to wear and
3,0 0,05; heat, acid-proof, poor Superior to tin bronze and red
19 128 83,0 6,0 5,5 10,5 brass in the case of journals
Bi max. emergency running without surface hardening.
0,01 properties.
Resistant to rolling emulsion in
aluminium stands
7,45 16 112 85,5 - - - - 3,5 - 10,5 - - - 0,5
1,0 35,0
4,4 24 to - - - - - to - - - - good metal-working and Heavily loaded wear strips and
5,0 40,0 emergency running prop- bearings, worm gears up to
remnant
75 erties, very long life, high medium load.

3,0 30,0 load-bearing capacity, less Operating temperature
4,8 26 to - - - - - to - - - - costly than CuSn12-C-GS. max. 120 C
5,0 35,0
Including nickel
Page 32
SN 359 : 2002-01
Strength characteristics Hardness data Physical
properties
3)
Material
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
Yield strength
Density
Type Designation Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw HB 10/1000 at
and N/mm2 N/mm2 dm3 N/mm2 20C 150C 200C 250C kg/ 10-6/ kN/
standard Current No. Former
min. min. min. min. min. dm3 K mm
G-CuZn35Al1
GS CC765S-GS (G-SoMsF min. min. min.
45) 170 450 20 - 110 - - - 95
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1- 19 to
GZ CC765S-GZ GZ-CuZn35Al1 min. min. min. 110
- 120 - - -
(GZ-SoMsF 45) 200 500 18
8,6
G-CuZn34Al2 min. min. min.
GS CC764S-GS (G-SoMsF - 140 - - - 90
60) 250 600 15
Copper-zinc cast alloys CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C- min. min. min.
20 to
(cast special brass) GZ-CuZn34Al2
GZ CC764S-GZ (GZ-SoMsF - 150 - - - 98
60) 260 620 14
DIN EN 1982 G-CuZn25Al5 min. min.
GS CC762S-GS (G-SoMsF - 180 - - -
75) 450 8
105
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C- min. 8,2 18 to
750 115
min. min.
GZ CC762S-GZ GZ-CuZn25Al5 - 190 - - -
480 5
Copper-zinc alloy
(Special brass) CW713R- CuZn40Al2F5416) ca. min. min. ca.
CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi-R540 - - - - 8,1 20 105
R540 (SoMs 58 Al 2 F 55) 280 540 15 150
DIN EN 12164
Tin cast alloy for
multilayer plain bearings 22 17 11 8
(babbitt metal) SnSb8Cu4 2.3791 LgSn 89 47 - - 31 at at at at 7,3 23,9 57
20C 50C 120C 150C
DIN ISO 4381
Sintered bronze 60 to 90 to 5 to 25 to
Sintered bronze B 50 17) - - - - - - 6,8 18 45
oil-impregnated 100 120 8 45
min.
H CuSn8613/8-1 - - - 2 40 - - - 6,8 50
50
Compressive strength:
250to 300 N / mm2
min.
H CuSn8613/8p-1 - - - 2 65 - - - 6,6 53
Microdistributed 85
18
solid lubricant * min.
H CuSn8613/10p-1T1 - - - 65 2 40 - - - 6,4 46
DEVATM metal min.
H CuSnPb8313/8p-2Mo - - - 2 65 - - - 6,6 51
85
min.
Maintenance-free sliding materials
H FeCu9404/10pf-2MoT5 - - - - 140 - - - 5,7 13 45

60
500
BM11 CuSnPb8213/8E - - 300 ** to - - - - 6,3
Compressive strength:
700 **
Microdistributed
300 N / mm2
solid lubricant * 500

BM11 CuSnPb8213/10pfE - - 300 ** to - 40 - - - 6,4 17,5 210**
DEVATM 700 **
strip metal
500
BM11 CuSn8713/6E - - 300 ** to - - - - 6,5
700 **
dg02(2.1061) + C 2.1061.01 - 140 min. 10 90 80 - - - 8,7 18,5 100

Macrodistributed 260
solid lubricant *
min.
devagleitTM dg03(2.0975) + C 2.0975.03 - 300 700 13 185 160 - - - 7,6 17 130
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material

* not according to standard
** carrier material

Page 33
SN 359 : 2002-01
Chemical analysis Dimensions

(main alloying constituents) (commercial) Properties Application example
Cu 57,0 to 65,0; Al 0,5 to 2,5;

Fe 0,5 to 2,0; Mn 0,5 to 3,0;
P max. 0,03; Si max. 0,1; balance: Zn
Forcing nuts
Sb max. 0,08; Ni max. 6,0;
Pb max. 0,5; Sn max. 1,0;
Cu 55,0 to 66,0; Al 1,0 to 3,0;
Fe 0,5 to 2,5; Mn 1,0 to 4,0; Forcing nuts under peak stress,
Sb max. 0,05; Ni max. 3,0; piston rings, sliding blocks
Pb max. & Sn max. each 0,3; -
high strength even at higher operating Statically very high loaded construc
temperatures tional parts, such as bearings under
Cu 60,0 to 67,0; Al 3,0 to 7,0;

moderate sliding and emergency high load and at low number of
Fe 1,5 to 4,0; Mn 2,5 to 5,0; running properties
Sb max.0,03; Ni max. 3,0; revolutions,
Pb max. & Sn max. each 0,2; highly stressed, slow-running worm
gear wheels, internal parts of high-
pressure fittings
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al 1,3 to 2,3;
Mn 1,5 to 3,0; Pb 0,2 to 0,8;
Si 0,3 to 1,3; Sn max. 0,4; - Slide liners, shafts, washers, rings
Fe max. and Ni max. each 1,0;
balance: Zn
Sn 87,2 to 89,2; Sb 7,0 to 8,0;
Cu 3,0 to 4,0; As and Fe each 0,1; high deformability For highly stressed rolling mill bear-
Al and Zn each 0,01; Pb 0,35; Bi - very good antiseizure performance,
0,08; insensitive to edge pressure ings, Morgoil bearings
Others in total 0,2
excellent antiseizure performance, For bearings under low load
Cu 89,0 to 91,0;
Bushes up to 100 mm dia. no maintenance, sensitive to edge 8 to 5 N/mm at low speeds
Sn 9,0 to 11,0
pressure and shock loading. (0.5 to 1.0 m /s)
C 8,0 (% of weight) self-lubricating sliding materials:
Cu 86,0; 20 to 280 load carrying capacity:
Mo 2,0; 20/40 to 550/600
C 8,0 (% of weight) static loads up to 200 N/mm
S 1,0; 84 x 254 Self-lubricating sliding materials made
dynamic loads up to 100 N/mm
Sn 13,0; 90 x 350 by the powder-metallurgical process,
C 10,0 (% of weight) 116 x 268 for use at temperatures up to 200 C, extremely high-compressed,
126 x 227
Cu 86,0; Pb 2,0; Sn 13,0; through heat treatment up to 350 C, corrosion-resistant, suitable for high
spherical plain bearing to be specified in the order. temperatures.
C 8,0 (% of weight) (as floating or locating
Fe 94,0; Cu 4,0; Mo 2,0; S 2,0; bearing) for use at temperatures up to 600 C
C 8,0 (% of weight)
Steel back: stainless steel
Slide layer: Cu 82,0; Pb 5,0; Thin-walled high per- Wall
Sn 13,0; C 8,0 (% of weight) formance material thickness load carrying capacity:
10 < D1 < 18 mm 1 mm static loads up to 320 N/mm Self-lubricating compound sliding ma
Steel back: Niro steel 20 < D1 < 28 mm 1,5 mm dynamic loads up to 120 N/mm terial, consisting of steel back with
Slide layer: Cu 82,0; Pb 5,0; 28 < D1 < 46 mm 2 mm at temperat. from 150 C to +280 C DEVA slide layer made by the rolling-
Sn 13,0; C 10,0 (% of weight) 45 < D1 < 75 mm 2,5 mm sintering process, for extremely high
75 < D1 < 246 mm 3 mm loads, particularly cost-efficient due
> 250 mm 5 mm rolled bearings usable up to 280 C. to thin walls, corrosion-resistant.
Steel back: Niro steel rolled plain bearings up to 1000 mm plates usable up to 350 C.
Slide layer: Cu 87,0; > 1000 mm in segment arrangement
Sn 13,0; C 6,0 (% of weight)
Cu 85,0 to 88,0; Sn 10,0 to 12,0; Self-lubricating sliding material, load- Devagleit enables maintenance-free
Pb 1,0 to 1,5; Ni 0,8 to 1,5 Cylindrical plain bearings, spherical capable up to 60 N/mm and 250 C use of bronze plain bearings so far
plain bearings, thrust bearings, thrust
with lubrication requirement, recom-
faces, collar sleeves in nearly all mended for big dimensions, corrosion-
Cu min.78,0; Mn max. 3,5; Fe 3,0 to 5,0 dimensions Self-lubricating sliding material, load-
Al 10,0 to 11,5; Ni 3,0 to 5,5; capable up to 150 N/mm and 250 C resistant.
including nickel
January 2002
Drilling and thread depths SN 480

Thread selection series and undercuts
Dimensions in mm
Maximum drilling depths

d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2
1,2 16 - 11,8 94 125 26 165 1500 50 220 321
2 24 56 12 101 250 26,5 165 214 52 225 1500
2,5 30 62 12,5 101 - 28 170 600 53 225 -
3 33 160 13,5 108 700 28,5 175 - 54 230 -
3,3 36 69 14 108 1500 29,5 175 - 56 235 -
3,5 39 180 14,5 114 - 30 175 1100 57 235 -
4 43 190 15,25 120 230 30,5 180 - 58 235 -
or 4,2 43 78 15,5 120 - 32 185 500 60 235 -

4,5 47 200 16 120 315 33 185 1500 61 240 -
5 52 250 16,5 125 230 33,5 185 - 62 240 600
5,3 52 - 17 125 315 34 190 340 66 245 -
5,5 57 250 17,5 130 700 35 190 - 68 250 -
t1 for bits of normal lengths
6 57 900 18 130 1500 36 195 267 70 250 -
t2 for overlength bits and 6,6 63 - 18,5 135 - 37,5 195 267 76 260 -
for drilling tools (twist,

single-lip and ejector drills) 6,8 69 155 19 135 310 38 200 - 78 260 -
7 69 1200 19,5 140 260 38,5 200 -
8 75 265 20 140 500 39 200 1500
8,5 75 265 20,5 145 - 39,5 200 360
8,8 81 115 21 145 400 40 200 277 In the d1 range from 45 mm
to 186 mm holes in 1 mm
9 81 900 22 150 1500 42 205 - dia. steps and drilling
9,5 81 280 22,5 155 - 43 210 - depths of 6 x d1 can be
made with drilling tools.
10 87 500 23 155 198 43,5 210 -
10,2 87 185 23,5 155 345 44 210 750
10,5 87 185 24,5 160 290 45 210 1500
11 94 1500 25 160 1500 48 220 320
Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes

Threaded connection
Drilling depth Core hole dia.
t1 d2 t2 b
Max. depth d1
min.
1200 8,8 115 7 1200 8 G 1/8
1500 11,8 125 11 1500 12 G 1/4
1500 15,25 230 14 1500 12 G 3/8
1500 19 310 18 1500 14 G 1/2
1500 24,5 290 22 1500 16 G 3/4
1500 30,5 180 26 1500 18 G1
It is also possible to make single-diameter holes instead of multi-diameter holes. If no definite diameter is
required for the hole (d2), a diameter range, e.g. d2 = 11 mm to 22 mm, should be indicated to enable optimum
and cost-effective manufacture of the hole. The drawing indication of multi-diameter and single-diameter holes is
as follows:
e.g.
All holes having bigger depths than those stated in the above tables must be approved by the Operations Scheduling Dept.
Page 2
SN 480 : 2002-01
For pipe threads as in DIN ISO 228 Drilling and thread depths
d Outside dia. Core dia. b min. t
G 1/8 9,728 8,8 8 13
G 1/4 13,157 11,8
12 18
G 3/8 16,662 15,25
G 1/2 20,955 19 14 22
G 3/4 26,441 24,5 16 24
G 1 33,249 30,5 18 28
G 1 1/4 41,91 39,5 20 30
G 1 1/2 47,803 45 22 32
G 1 3/4 53,746 51
24 34
G 2 59,614 57
G 2 1/2 75,184 72,5
30 40
G 3 87,884 85,5
G 3 1/2 100,33 97,5 35 45
b = useful thread length G 4 113,03 110,5
40 50
Drawing indication G 4 1/2 125,73 123
G 5 138,43 136
G 5 1/2 151,13 148,5 45 55
e.g. G 6 163,83 161
For metric thread as in DIN 13 Drilling and thread depths
d Core dia. a b 1) t normal case t short 2) d1 +1 t 1 = 3)
M 4 3,3 5 7 11 10 - -
M 5 4,2 6,5 9 14 12 8,5 8
M 6 5 7,5 10 16 14 10,2 11
M 8 6,8 10 13 20 17 11,9 17
M 10 8,5 12 15 23 20 14,1 22
b = useful thread length M 12 10,2 15 18 27 24 17,6 27
Drawing indication: M 16 14 20 24 34 30 22 39
M 20 17,5 25 29 41 36 28 50
M 24 21 30 34 48 43 32 61
e.g. M 30 26,5 38 42 58 52 37,6 78
For metric thread as in DIN 13 M 36 32 45 49 66 60 43 96
M 42 37,5 52 56 75 - 50 114
M 48 43 60 65 86 - 58 115
M 56 50,5 70 75 100 - 66 131
M 64 58 80 86 110 - -
M 72 x 6 66 90 95 119 - -
Important!
M 80 x 6 74 100 106 130 - -
M 90 x 6 84 112 118 142 - -
t1 sinking
M 100 x 6 94 125 132 156 - -
depth to be
Drawing indication: M 110 x 6 104 137 143 167 - - chosen as
M 125 x 6 119 156 162 186 - - small as pos-
sible.
M 140 x 6 134 175 182 206 - -
e.g. M 160 x 6 154 200 206 230 - -
The manufacturing shop is free to choose a thread runout or undercut provided that the useful thread length is
observed.
1)
Guidance values for length of thread engagement 1,25 d.
2)
To be used only in exceptional cases. The values for b can be attained only by manual recutting of the
threads.
3)
Bigger depths only upon agreement with the Operations Scheduling Dept.
Page 3
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread runout / thread undercut per DIN 76-1
Thread runout Thread undercut
x 1 normal case a 1 normal case Type A normal case
x 2 short a 2 short Type B short
a 3 long
Thread runout Clearance Thread undercut

Thread pitch Nominal thread
x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
diameter (coarse
max. max. min. max.
pitch thread)
A B A B
P d
normal short normal short long h13 normal short normal short
0,7 4 1,75 0,9 2,1 1,4 - d - 1,1 1,5 0,8 2,45 1,75
0,4
0,8 5 2 1 2,4 1,6 3,2 d - 1,3 1,7 0,9 2,8 2
1 6; 7 2,5 1,25 3 2 4 d - 1,6 2,1 1,1 3,5 2,5
0,6
1,25 8 3,2 1,6 3,75 2,5 5 d-2 2,7 1,5 4,4 3,2
1,5 10 3,8 1,9 4,5 3 6 d - 2,3 3,2 1,8 5,2 3,8 0,8
1,75 12 4,3 2,2 5,25 3,5 7 d - 2,6 3,9 2,1 6,1 4,3
1
2 14; 16 5 2,5 6 4 8 d-3 4,5 2,5 7 5
2,5 18; 20; 22 6,3 3,2 7,5 5 10 d - 3,6 5,6 3,2 8,7 6,3 1,2
3 24; 27 7,5 3,8 9 6 12 d - 4,4 6,7 3,7 10,5 7,5
1,6
3,5 30; 33 9 4,5 10,5 7 14 d-5 7,7 4,7 12 9
4 36; 39 10 5 12 8 16 d - 5,7 9 5 14 10
2
4,5 42; 45 11 5,5 13,5 9 18 d - 6,4 10,5 5,5 16 11
5 48; 52 12,5 6,3 15 10 20 d-7 11,5 6,5 17,5 12,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 14 7 16,5 11 22 d - 7,7 12,5 7,5 19 14
3,2
6 64; 68 15 7,5 18 12 24 d - 8,3 14 8 21 15

e 1 normal case Type A normal case
e 2 short Type B short
e 3 long
Other dimensions as for thread runout
Gewinde- Thread runout

steigung Nominal thread diameter (incl. excess length of pocket Thread undercut
(coarse pitch thread) hole)
e1 e2 e3 dg g1 g2 r
Guidance values min. max.
C D C D
P d normal short long H13 normal short normal short
0,7 4 3,8 2,4 6,1 2,8 1,75 3,8 2,75
d + 0,3 0,4
0,8 5 4,2 2,7 6,8 3,2 2 4,2 3
1 6; 7 5,1 3,2 8,2 4 2,5 5,2 3,7
0,6
1,25 8 6,2 3,9 10 5 3,2 6,7 4,9
1,5 10 7,3 4,6 11,6 6 3,8 7,8 5,6 0,8
1,75 12 8,3 5,2 13,3 7 4,3 9,1 6,4
1
2 14; 16 9,3 5,8 14,8 8 5 10,3 7,3
2,5 18; 20; 22 11,2 7 17,9 10 6,3 13 9,3 1,2
3 24; 27 13,1 8,2 21 d + 0,5 12 7,5 15,2 10,7
1,6
3,5 30; 33 15,2 9,5 24,3 14 9 17,7 12,7
4 36; 39 16,8 10,5 26,9 16 10 20 14
2
4,5 42; 45 18,4 11,5 29,4 18 11 23 16
5 48; 52 20,8 13 33,3 20 12,5 26 18,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 22,4 14 35,8 22 14 28 20
3,2
6 64; 68 24 15 38,4 24 15 30 21
Page 4
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread runout / thread undercut as in DIN 76-2

x 1 normal case a 1 normal case Type A2 normal case
x 2 short a 2 short Type B2 short
a 3 long
Thread
Threads Clearance Thread undercut
runout
x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
DIN ISO 228-1
max. max. min. max.
Pitch A2 B2 A2 B2
P d normal short normal short long h13 normal short normal short
0,907 G 1/8A 2,3 1,3 3 2 4 d-2 1,5 0,6 3,2 2,3 0,45
1,337 G 1/4A to G 3/8 3,3 1,7 4 2,7 5,4 d - 2,5 2,5 1,1 4,7 3,3 0,7
1,814 G 1/2A to G 7/8 4,5 2,3 5,5 3,6 7,2 d-3 3,8 2 6,3 4,5 0,9
2,309 G1 A to G6 5,8 2,9 7 4,6 9,2 d-4 4,6 2,3 8,1 5,8 1,2

e 1 normal case Type C2 normal case
e 2 short Type D2 short
Other dimensions as for thread runout
b = useful thread length
Excess length of
Threads Thread undercut
pocket hole
e1 e2 dg g1 g2 r
DIN ISO 228-1
min. max.
Pitch C2 D2 C2 D2
P d normal short H13 normal short normal short
0,907 G 1/8 4,5 3 3,8 2,3 4,7 3,2 0,45
1,337 G 1/4 to G 3/8 6,5 4 5,3 3,3 6,1 4,4 0,7
d + 0,5
1,814 G 1/2 to G 7/8 8,5 5,5 7,2 4,5 8 5,6 0,9
2,309 G1 to G6 10 6,5 9,2 5,8 10,1 6,7 1,2
1) +0,5
Recommended permissible deviation from the calculated dimension t = 0 P
2)
d a min. = 1 d
d a max. = 1,05 d
The normal case applies every time no other indications are made on the drawings.
Page 5
SN 480 : 2002-01
Thread selection series

Metric thread as in DIN 13 (SN 152)
Core hole
Thread Shaded background = coarse pitch thread
Through-hole
designation Pitch
0,5 0,7 0,75 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6
M 4 4,5 3,5 3,3 - -
M 5 5,5 4,5 - - 4,2
M 6 6,6 5,25 5,2 5
M 8 9 7,25 7,2 7 6,8
M 10 11 9,25 - 9 8,75 8,5
M 12 13,5 11 10,75 10,5 10,2
(M 14) 15,5 13 - 12,5 - 12
M 16 17,5 15 - 14,5 - 14
(M 18) 20 17 - 16,5 - 16 15,5
M 20 22 19 - 18,5 - 18 17,5
(M 22) 24 21 - 20,5 - 20 19,5
M 24 26 23 - 22,5 - 22 - 21
(M 27) 30 25,5 - 25 - 24
M 30 33 28,5 - 28 - - 26,5
(M 33) 36 31,5 - 31 - - 29,5
M 36 39 34,5 - 34 - 33 - 32
(M 39) 42 - - 37 - 36 - 35
M 42 45 40,5 - 40 - 39 - - 37,5
(M 45) 48 43,5 - 43 - 42 - - 40,5
M 48 52 46,5 - 46 - 45 - - - 43
(M 52) 56 50,5 - 50 - 49 - - - 47
M 56 62 54,5 - 54 - 53 - 52 - - 50,5
(M 60) 66 58,5 - 58 - 57 - 56 - - 54,5
M 64 70 62 - 61 - 60 - - - 58
(M 68) 74 66 - 65 - 64 - - - 62
M 72 x 6 78 70 - 69 - 68 - - - 66
M 80 x 6 86 78 - - - 76 - - - 74
M 90 x 6 96 88 - - - 86 - - - 84
M100 x 6 107 98 - - - 96 - - - 94
M110 x 6 117 108 - - - 106 - - - 104
M125 x 6 132 123 - - - 121 - - - 119
M140 x 6 147 138 - - - 136 - - - 134
M160 x 6 168 157 - - - - - 154
M180 x 6 188 177 - - - - - 174
M200 x 6 208 197 - - - - - 194
M220 x 6 228 217 - - - - - 214
M250 x 6 258 247 - 246 - - - 244
M280 x 6 288 277 - 276 - - - 274
Sizes in brackets are used only in special cases.
UNF thread Heavy-gauge conduit thread (Pg)

Size Seating threads for thread inserts as in DIN 8140-1
SN 452 DIN 40430
in
Outside Core hole Outside Core hole Length Core hole
inches Designation 2) Designation Designation
dia. dia. dia. dia. *) L 1 3) dia.
1/4 1/4 - 28 UNF 6,35 5,5 Pg 7 12,5 11,4 EG M 5 5 to 12,5 5,2
3/8 3/8 - 24 UNF 9,525 8,5 Pg 9 15,2 14 EG M 6 6 to 15 6,3
1/2 1/2 - 20 UNF 12,7 11,5 Pg 11 18,6 17,5 EG M 8 8 to 20 8,4
5/8 5/8 - 18 UNF 15,875 14,5 Pg 13,5 20,4 19,1 EG M 10 10 to 25 10,5
3/4 3/4 - 16 UNF 19,05 17,5 Pg 16 22,5 21,3 EG M 12 12 to 30 12,5
7/8 7/8 - 14 UNF 22,225 20,5 Pg 21 28,3 27 EG M 16 16 to 40 16,5
1 1 - 12 UNF 25,4 23,5 Pg 29 37 35,5 EG M 20 20 to 40 20,75
1 1/8 1 1/8 - 12 UNF 28,575 26,5 Pg 36 47 45,5 EG M 24 24 to 48 24,75
1 1/4 1 1/4 - 12 UNF 31,75 29,5 Pg 42 54 52,5 EG M 30 30 to 60 31
1 1/2 1 1/2 - 12 UNF 38,1 36 Pg 48 59,3 58 EG M 36 36 to 72 37
*) defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes
1)
Designation of female thread; for designation of male thread, add "A" for tolerance class A (e.g. G 1A).
2)
Add tolerance class 2A for male threads and tolerance class 2B for female threads to the designation
(e.g. 1-8 UNC-2A or 1-8 UNC 2B).
3)
L1 = nominal length of threaded insert (calculation value).
Page 6
SN 480 : 2002-01
d1
Predrill cylindrical hole without Thread t1
NPT NPTF
use of an expanding reamer Nomnial size and
number of threads
SN 453
1/16 - 27 6,25 6,15 12
1/8 - 27 8,5 8,4 12
1/4 - 18 11,1 11 17,5
3/8 - 18 14,7 14,5 17,6
1/2 - 14 18 17,75 22,9
3/4 - 14 23,25 23 23
1 - 11 29,25 29 27,4
37,5
1 1/4 - 11 38 28,1
(37,75)
44
1 1/2 - 11 44,25 28,4
(43,75)
2 - 11 56,25 56 28,4
2 1/2 - 8 67 66,5 40,8
3 - 8 83 82,5 43
3 1/2 - 8 95,5 - 44,7
4 - 8 108 - 45,6
UNC thread
SN 451
Designation 2) Outside dia. Core hole dia. *)
1/4 - 20 UNC 6,35 5,2
3/8 - 16 UNC 9,525 8
1/2 - 13 UNC 12,7 10,8
5/8 - 11 UNC 15,875 13,5
3/4 - 10 UNC 19,05 16,5
7/8 - 9 UNC 22,225 19,5
1 - 8 UNC 25,4 22,1
1 1/8 - 7 UNC 28,575 25
1 1/4 - 7 UNC 31,75 28,2
1 1/2 - 6 UNC 38,1 34
1 3/4 - 5 UNC 44,45 39,6
2 - 4,5 UNC 50,8 45
2 1/4 - 4,5 UNC 57,15 51,5
2 1/2 - 4 UNC 63,5 57
2 3/4 - 4 UNC 69,85 63
3 - 4 UNC 76,2 69,5
3 1/2 - 4 UNC 88,9 82,5
4 - 4 UNC 101,6 95
For thread depths exceeding 1,5-fold dia., the operations scheduling
dept. must be consulted.
Hole depths analogous to metric threads

*) defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes

Page 7
SN 480 : 2002-01
Simplified representation in drawings
All holes with a common center must be dimensioned from the top edge of the mounting plate.
Exceptions are as follows:
Thread and core-hole depths commencing centrically or non-centrically in a centering area and holes
commencing non-centrically in a centering area. In these cases dimensioning is from the lower surface. If
the simplified representation is not clear enough, a sectional view of the situation is required.
Holes commencing Thread and

noncentrically in a core-hole depths.
centering area. Holes and countersinks/counter-
bores with a common center
Top edge
Mounting plate = datum surface
Core hole also serving as

hydraulic bore
January 2002
Curves, diagonals, undercuts

SN 481
Overview
Dimensions in mm
Curves and diagonals on turned parts
Table 1 for turned parts

(for manufacturing reasons, use the same sizes on one workpiece whenever possible)
r 1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25 32 40
f1 2 3 4 4,5 6 7,5 9,5 11,2 13 15 22,5 26 30 37 52 60 75 93 120 150 187
f2 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4,5 5 6 7 11 12 14 17 24 28 35 43 55 69 87
f 3 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32 40 50
Chamfers of 15 have to be used with preference on shafts and holes when the installation of bearings, bushes, rotary
shaft seals, wipers, guide strips etc. is intended.
Curves and diagonals on milled parts
to be used with preference
Table 2 for milled parts

(for manufacturing reasons, use the same sizes on one workpiece whenever possible.)
Current sizes are shown in shaded boxes.
0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25
r2 permissible
- 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,5 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 5 -5 -5 - 10 - 10 - 10
deviation
f4 0,4 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 2 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32
If required for reasons of function, the curves r2 are stated with the permissible deviation.
Otherwise, the general tolerances as in SN 200 are applicable.
Undercuts on grooved holes
For manufacturing reasons, grooved holes must be provided with undercuts. The type of execution is selected from Figs. 1 to
3. The dimensioning of the undercut depends upon the type of key (SN 708) used; the normal case is a depth t2 of 20 mm. If a
dimension t2 of less than 20 mm is required for reasons of design, then t2 min must not be smaller than 10 mm.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 481 : 2002-01
Undercuts and curves on antifriction-bearing seats

(for antifriction bearings as in DIN 5418)
Important: Use type F for antifriction bearings combined with Nilos rings as in DIN 509.
Curves
Fig. 1: Housing
Fig. 2: Shaft Fig. 3: Shaft with undercut - DIN 509, type E
rs = edge clearance on antifriction bearing

ras = groove radius on shaft
rbs = groove radius on housing
Table 3
Curves of the antifriction bearings (edge clearance) rs min
0,6 1 1,1 1,5 2 2,1 3 4 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15
r as / r bs 0,4 0,8 0,8 1,3 1,8 1,9 2,3 2,5 3,5 4,5 5 7 9 11
permissible
0,2 0,5 1
deviation
r 0,6 1,6 2,5 4
t 1 + 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
f 2 4 5 7
For the designation and graphical representation of an undercut according to DIN 509 see next page.
Undercuts on shafts with constant nominal dimensions
When shafts have constant nominal dimensions but differing tolerance fields, the respective areas have to be separated by an
undercut. This undercut is then assigned to the smaller tolerance field and included in its length.
Table 4
t2 Recommended assignment to nominal diameter
r3 f5
at increased resistance to
+ 0,1 at normal load
alternating stresses
0,6 0,2 2 > 10 18
0,6 0,3 2,5 > 18 80
1 0,4 4 > 80
1 0,2 2,5 > 18 50
1,6 0,3 4 > 50 80
2,5 0,4 5 > 80 125
4 0,5 7 > 125
January 2002
Undercuts SN 695
Dimensions in mm DIN 509 abridged and enlarged
Undercuts according to DIN 509

The dimensions stated in the tables refer to the finished part. The figures show external undercuts on turned parts.
Type E undercut for further machining Type F undercut for further machining of
of a cylindrical surface cylindrical and end faces
z = machining allowance
d 1 = diameter of workpiece
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r1 = 0,6 mm and depth t1 = 0,2 mm:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 0,6 x 0,2
Table 1
r t1 f g t2 Recommended assignment to diameter d 1 1) for workpieces
+0,1 +0,2 +0,05 at increased resistance to
0,1 0 0 0 at normal load

alternating stresses
0,6 0,2 2 (1,4) 0,1 > 10 18
0,6 0,3 2,5 (2,1) 0,2 > 18 80
1 0,4 4 (3,2) 0,3 > 80
1 0,2 2,5 (1,8) 0,1 > 18 50
1,6 0,3 4 (3,1) 0,2 > 50 80
2,5 0,4 5 (4,8) 0,3 > 80 125
4 0,5 7 (6,4) 0,3 > 125
Surface quality Ra = 3,2, other qualities must be expressly stated in the designation, e.g.
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 0,6 mm, depth t1 = 0,2 mm
and surface roughness Ra = 1,6:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 0,6 x 0,2 Ra 1,6
1)
The assignment to the diameter range does not apply to short projections and thin-walled parts.
When a workpiece has different diameters, it is practical, for reasons of manufacture, to use several undercuts
of the same type and size.
Depression on the counterpart Table 2

a
Undercut
Minimum dimension
Size
Type
rxt1
E F
0,6 x 0,2 0,8 0,2
0,6 x 0,3 0,6 0
1 x 0,2 1,6 0,8
1 x 0,4 1,2 0
1,6 x 0,3 2,6 1,1
2,5 x 0,4 4,0 1,7
4 x 0,5 7,0 4,0
Representation and indications of undercuts in drawings

In drawings undercuts are shown in a simplified way with their respective designations.
Example: Undercut type F Example: Undercut type E
with radius r = 1 mm and a with radius r = 1 mm and a
depth t 1 = 0,2 mm depth t 1 = 0,2 mm
January 2002
Permissible bolt loads

for bolts of strength category 8.8 SN 403
Operating loads, pretensioning forces, tightening torques,
pretensioning units
This guideline is intended to enable rapid determination of bolt sizes of the strength category 8.81) and of the minimum space
requirement for the associated pretensioning units. The guideline does not apply to bolts with fine threads and to necked-
down bolts. In the hydraulic systems department special computer programs are available for the calculation of bolts for
pipeline flanges.
The permissible axial operating loads FA stated in the table take account of the fatigue strength of a
bolted joint. If these operating loads are exceeded, there is no guarantee against fatigue fracture. In this
case a recalculation of the bolted joint according to VDI 2230 is required. A computer program for this
purpose is available in the development department.
The operating loads stated in the table refer to purely axial loading and centric load introduction in the case of bolts with
metric ISO threads at a permissible temperature range from -50 C to +300 C. The calculation is based on a fatigue loading
of 40 N/mm for bolts < M 20 and of 33 N/mm for bolts M 20. The controlled tightening of the bolts using the specified
torques and pretensioning forces is an essential precondition for the durability of the bolted joints. Fine threads have
different permissible tightening torques, operating and pretensioning forces; tools for tightening by stretching, however, are
not available at SMS Demag. To avoid excess interfacial pressure under bolt head and nut and the resulting loss in tension,
washers according to SN 808 must be used. The strength categories 10.9 and 12.9 should be used only in exceptional cases.
Bolted joints which need controlled pretensioning must be specially marked in the drawing. This marking must be in the form
of a drawing sticker (F0403).
Permissible axial operating load FA [kN]

Tightening method
Stressed cross-section
Tightening method
Turning Stretching Turning 2) Stretching 3)
Bolt size
Pretensioning force 4)
Pretensioning force 5)
Tightening torque
Units available at
Units available at
M A ( = 0,125)
SMS Demag
SMS Demag
d1 P As Grip ratio Ik / d for up to 3 joints
[mm] [mm] 2 2 3 4 6 >6 2 3 4 6 >6 Fv [kN] [Nm] Fv [kN]

M 6 1 20,1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 7 7 - -
M 8 1,25 36,6 7 7 7 7 7 - - - - - 13 18 - -
M 10 1,5 58 11 11 11 11 11 - - - - - 20 35 - -
M 12 1,75 84,3 16 17 17 16 16 - - - - - 29 61 - -
M 16 2 157 27 32 33 32 32 - - - - - 55 149 - -
M 20 2,5 245 36 42 49 51 50 - - - - - 86 290 - -
M 24 3 353 52 61 71 73 72 52 61 71 90 99 124 500 158
M 30 3,5 561 85 100 115 118 116 85 100 115 146 157 199 1004 251
M 36 4 817 124 146 168 173 170 124 146 168 214 230 291 1749 366
M 42 4,5 1121 175 206 237 239 235 175 206 237 300 315 401 2806 502
M 48 5 1473 231 273 314 315 310 231 273 314 398 415 529 4236 660
M 56 5,5 2030 299 354 408 440 432 299 354 408 519 576 732 6791 909
M 64 6 2676 384 454 583 586 574 384 454 523 667 762 969 10147 1199
M 72 x 6 3463 486 575 663 768 752 486 575 663 846 991 1265 14689 1551
M 80 x 6 4344 600 708 817 972 952 599 708 817 1045 1247 1597 20368 - 1946
M 90 x 6 5590 782 924 1065 1260 1233 782 924 1065 1359 1605 2069 29492 - 2504
M100 x 6 7000 983 1161 1334 1586 1553 983 1161 1339 1708 2011 2605 41122 - 3136
M110 x 6 8560 1153 1363 1573 1957 1915 1153 1363 1573 2013 2469 3198 54799 - 3835
M125 x 6 11800 1410 1666 1926 2477 2534 1409 1666 1926 2477 3079 4205 80284 - 5018
M140 x 6 14200 1749 2067 2390 3078 3233 1749 2067 2391 3079 3832 5352 113326 - 6362
M160 x 6 18700 2346 2773 3205 4122 4268 2346 2773 3205 4122 5184 7073 171027 - 8378
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on pages 2 to 7

Page 2
SN 403 : 2002-01
Minimum depths of engagement

Recommended depths of engagement for the strength categories
8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9
Thread fineness d/p <9 9 <9 9 <9
Hard aluminium alloy AlCuMg 1 1,1 x d 1,4 x d -
Grey cast iron GG 25, GGG 40 1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Steel St37, C15N 1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Steel St50, C35N 0,9 x d 1,0 x d 1,2 x d
Steel, heat-treated, Rm > 800 N/mm2 0,8 x d 0,9 x d 1,0 x d
In the usual case the necessary pretensioning of the bolted joint is performed with the tools for pretensioning by turning or
stretching, which are available in the SMS Demag workshop. In some cases these tools cannot be used due to lack of space.
Therefore it is necessary to indicate the tightening angle with pretensioning torque (MV = 0,1 MA) in addition to the necessary
pretensioning forces. These tightening angles cannot be represented in the form of a table. The tightening angles for bolts are
calculated with the following equation:
Meaning of the variables:

P = pitch of the bolt thread
FV = pretensioning force in kN (see table)

E = modulus of elasticity (210 kN/mm) = 360 F V lk 1 1 + 1

Asch = cross-section of shaft body = core section Ad3 P E A sch
2
lK
lK = length of grip d w + dh
2
4 a
dw = outside diameter of head or nut contact face

a = 10 for plates having a radial expansion of DA 3 dw 2)
(VDI 2230)
DA = outside diameter of a clamped sleeve (VDI 2230)
dh = hole diameter of secured components = inside diameter of replacement cylinder (VDI 2230)
Note: Further information on the pretensioning units can be obtained from the Workshop Assembly Dept.
2)
correction of the equation
1)
When other bolt materials are used, the pretensioning forces, oil pressures and tightening torques are converted with the
following factors:
For bolt material 5.6: 0,47; 10.9: 1,41; 12.9: 1,69; A2-70: 0,71; A2-80: 0,94.
These factors cannot be used for converting the permissible axial operating loads. Recalculation according to VDI 2230
is required.
2)
Tightening of the bolt is accompanied by torsional and frictional moments and by friction losses occurring in addition to the
axial tensile forces due to the thread pitch and the lubrication and surface conditions. The stated pretensioning forces and
tightening torques take account of these factors for a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8. The effective
pretensioning force after settling is between 50 % and 60 % of the yield strength force.
3)
The stated pretensioning forces take account of a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8 during tensioning. The
removal of the hydraulic pressure reduces, after manual retightening of the nut, the pretensioning force applied down to
appr. 60 % of the yield strength force due to settling taking place in the turns of the thread and on the contact surface of the
nut.
4)
Tightening factor A 1,4
Tightening factor A 1,2
5)
6)
Size of the required end face
Page 3
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tools available at SMS Demag for controlled pretensioning of bolts
Tightening by turning Opening of impact socket wrench

(without gear) Bolt Tightening
size torque 1) for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
nut bolt
Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm ( = 0,125)
e a e a
M 6 7 10 5
M 8 18 13 6
Input e
1/2" (12) 1/2" (12)
M 10 35 17 8
M 12 61 19 10
M 16 149 24 14
3/4" (19) 3/4" (19)
M 20 290 30 17
Bolt Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

size h1 x
Hexagon Hexagon
Hexagon Hexagon
d1 d2 d3 socket l1 v socket
Output a bolt bolt
Washer SN 808 M 6 15 20 63 92 9 72 104
M 8 18 26 65 93 11,5 77 108
25
M 10 24 33 66 94 13,5 80 112
M 12 26 36 67 95 16 83 117
M 16 35 43 125 153 21 146 170
35
M 20 43 56 133 153 30 163 175
Tightening by turning
Tightening Opening of impact socket wrench
(with gear) Bolt torque 1)
size Nm for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
Gear
( = 0,125) nut bolt
Input Output Input Output Input Output
d1 Output
e a e a e a
M 24 500 36 36 19
3/4" 1" 1"
M 30 1004 46 36 22
(19) (25) (25)
M 36 1749 55 36 27
M 36 1749 55 36 27
Input e
M 42 2806 3/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 65 50 32
M 48 4236 (19) (38) (38) 75 60 36
M 56 6791 85 60 41
M 48 4236 75 50 36
M 56 6791 3/4" Profile 85 50 41
Gear M 64 10147 (19) toothing 95 - -
Output a
M 72x6 14689 105 - -
Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
Bolt h1 h2 x
size Hex. Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex. Hex.
sock. sock. sock.-
d1 d2 d3 d4 bolt bolt h3 l1 l2v l3 l4 bolt
M 24 57 62 310 360 200 250 30 340 390
M 30 70 78 80 325 375 215 265 66 45 60 45 130 37 362 412
Output a M 36 88 90 340 390 230 280 44 404 454
M 36 88 90 350 400 275 325 44 394 444
M 42 100 107 405 455 285 335 51 456 506
174 105 90 90 70 200
M 48 113 125 425 475 305 355 58 483 533
M 56 136 140 450 500 320 370 67 517 567
Washer SN 808 M 48 120 125 450 500 365 415 58 508 558
M 56 132 140 460 510 375 425 67 527 577
200 146 105 140 90 335
M 64 145 156 468 - 385 - 74 542 -
M 72x6 158 177 475 - 395 - 82 557 -

Page 4
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening by turning Max.

(sockets with hydraulic cylinder and Opening
Bolt Tightening Width across flats torque
of impact
ratchet) size torque 1) of insert socket for
socket wrench
insert socket
Nm Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm
( = 0,125) e a e a
M 30 1004 46 22
M 36 1749 1 1/2" 55 27
50 5000
M 42 2806 (38) 65 32
M 48 4236 75 36
Input e
Bolt h 1 min.*) x
size Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
sock. sock.
d1 d2 d3 A B C E F G bolt l1 l2 v bolt
M 30 70 78 180 40 37 220 170
130
M 36 82 90 190 50 44 240 180
192 88 41 32 45 120 120
Output a M 42 100 107 192 136 60 51 250 190
M 48 110 125 202 134 65 58 265 200
Washer SN 808
*) space requirement with handle: plus 80 mm.
Tool weights:
Type LT 50 MS = 14 kg
pertaining hydraulic unit = 50 kg

Opening of Width across
(wrench with hydraulic cylinder) Bolt Tightening torque
impact flats of
size torque 1) for
socket wrench insert socket
insert socket
Nm Input e / Input Output
d1 Nm
( = 0,125) Output a e a
M 24 500 36 19 1450
M 30 1004 46 36 22 2200
M 36 1749 55 27 3500
M 42 2806 65 32 6800
M 48 4236 75 50 36 8950
M 56 6791 85 41 8950
Washer M 64 10147 95 - - -
SN 808 M 42 2806 65 32 6800
M 48 4236 75 50 36 9700
M 56 6791 85 41 14300
M 64 10147 95
M 72 14689 105 - - 25000
With reaction arm applied
M 80 20368 115
Bolt h1 X
size Hex. Hex.
Hex. sock. Hex. sock.
d1 d2 d3 bolt h2 l1 l2 l3 V bolt
M 24 63 62 25 75 33 30 55 105
M 30 75 78 25 75 40 37 62 112
M 36 87 90 30 80 48 44 74 124
M 42 99 107 40 90 320 55 222 430 51 91 141
M 48 112 125 65 58 103 153
45 95
M 56 124 140 70 67 112 162
M 64 138 156 50 - 80 74 124 -
Tool weights: M 42 109 112 40 90 60 51 100 150
M 48 122 125 65 58 115 165
45 95
Type HPR 1000 = 20 kg M 56 134 140 75 67 125 175
365 300 545
Type HPR 2500 = 25 kg M 64 147 156 50 100 80 74 135 185
M 72 159 177 55 105 85 80 145 195
pertaining hydraulic units = 71 kg M 80 172 177 60 - 90 88 160 -

Page 5
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening method Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

hydraulic turning Opening of
Bolt Tightening
impact h1 X
size torque 1)
socket wrench
Hexagon Hexagon
Nm Output bolt bolt
d1 d3 A B E h2 l1 V
( = 0,125) a
M 24 500 36 62 30 83
173 143 38 43,75 53 45
M 30 1004 46 78 37 90
M 24 500 36 62 30 96
M 30 1004 46 78 37 103
230 175 60
M 36 1749 55 90 57,95 66 70 44 110
M 42 2806 65 107 51 117
M 48 4236 75 125 228 180 58,5 58 124
M 48 4236 75 125 58 142
M 56 6791 85 140 300 203 75 67,5 84 87 67 151
M 64 10147 95 156 74 158
Tool weights:
Type HSX 246 F = 1,45 kg
Type HSX 575 W = 3,25 kg
Type HSX 12100 F = 4,4 kg
Output a Washer SN 808

Opening Width across
Bolt Tightening torque
of impact flats of insert
size torque 1) for
socket wrench socket
insert socket
Nm
d1 Input e Output a Output a Nm
( = 0,125)
M 42 2806 65 32 6020
M 48 4236 75 36 9700
M 56 6791 1 1/2 85 41 12750
M 64 10147 95 46
15500
M 72x6 14689 105 55

Bolt h 1 min. *) X
size Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
sock. sock.
d1 d2 d3 A B D E bolt l1 V bolt
M 42 100 107 260 176 55 51 320
260
M 48 112 125 242 175 62 58
340
M 56 126 140 230 191 275 49 237 70 67 280
180
M 64 137 156 263 75 74
370 290
M 72x6 150 177 260 183 82 82
Output a Washer SN 808 *) space requirement with handle: plus 60 mm.
Tool weight:
Type MSX/T155 TS = 14,1 kg

Page 6
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening by stretching
(hydraulic pretensioning tool)
Note:
Given the narrow supporting surfaces
of the hydraulic pretensioning units
as from M 80 x 6, the pretensioning Unit shown:
forces may cause indentations on the type SKF-
component. HTS
Nut
Washer
Pay attention to welds SN 808
Bolt size Pretensioning force Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Fv
d1 s d2 d3 d 4 6) h1 l1 l2 v +10
0 X
kN
M 24 158 36 45 64 50 300
78 84 250 45
M 30 251 46 55 70 60 310
M 36 366 55 65 97 80 395
102 108 320 55
M 42 502 65 75 93 90 405
M 48 660 75 90 121 100 470
M 56 909 85 100 145 157 370 79 128 120 485
M 64 1199 95 110 133 130 500
M 64 1199 95 110 153 130 630
M 72 x 6 1551 105 120 180 192 500 96 158 150 645
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 165 160 660
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 215 160 870
M 90 x 6 *) 2504 130 160 225 180 890
280 264 710 145
M100 x 6 *) 3136 145 175 233 200 910
M110 x 6 *) 3835 150 185 238 220 925
M125 x 6 *) 5018 180 220 295 250 970
M140 x 6 *) 6362 200 240 364 356 710 190 305 280 990
M160 x 6 *) 8378 230 270 320 320 1030
*) to be used only in exceptional cases, use ITH units instead.
Tool weights:
Type 02.382 = 7 kg
Type 02.383 = 15 kg
Type 2.83 = 38 kg
Type 2.135 = 70 kg
Type 2.250 = 270 kg
Type 3722 = 480 kg
pertaining hydraulic units = 71 kg

Page 7
SN 403 : 2002-01
Tightening by stretching
Preten-
Bolt Tool dimensions,
sioning
size space requirement in mm
force
+10
d1 F v [kN] s d2 d3 d4 h1 l1 v 0 X
M 30 251 46 55 107 95 63 200
119 60
M 36 366 55 65 107 105 75 215
M 42 502 65 75 150 125 137 80 90 250
M 48 660 75 90 169 140 145 90 100 270
M 56 909 85 100 190 168 153,5 102 120 300
Tool weights (heads and bridges):

Type Flexitallic M30 = 3,46 kg
Pay attention to
transition areas Washer SN 808
(radii, weld seams, etc.)
Nut
s
Tightening by stretching Preten-

Bolt Tool dimensions,
sioning
size space requirement in mm
force
+10
d1 F v [kN] s d2 d3 d4 h1 l1 l2 v 0 X
M 80x6 1946 115 140 200 160 462
M 90x6 2504 130 160 225 237 302 125 210 180 482
M100x6 3136 145 175 220 200 502
M110x6 3835 155 185 240 220 590
M120x6 4614 170 210 280 292 370 153 255 235 605
M125x6 5018 180 220 260 250 620
M125x6 5018 180 220 300 250 678
M140x6 6362 200 240 358 370 428 195 310 280 708
M160x6 8378 230 270 320 320 748
Tool weights:
Nut
s Type ITH M 80 / M 90 / M100 x 6 = 68 kg
Type ITH M110 / M120 / M125 x 6 = 122 kg
Type ITH M125 / M140 / M160 x 6 = 224 kg
Pay attention to Washer SN 808

transition areas
(radii, weld seams,
etc.)

January 2002
Design instructions on fasteners
Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction SN 351
with countersinks/counterbores and/or holes
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Plug screws Countersinks

as in
up to G2: DIN 908 SN 870 DIN 3852-2
above G2: SN 595 Type VSTI
For plug screws as in DIN 908, SN 595, SN 870; pipe couplings as in SN 456; venting
valves as in SN 501, and screw joints as in SN 834, SN 839.
b = useful
thread length
d2
d1
c i
Thread dia. DIN ISO 228
Laid down
specifically for Laid down
Pertaining sealing rings SMS Demag specifically
type A as per The profile packing is purposes for for SMS
DIN 7603 part of the coupling for DIN 908; SN 456; SN 501 Demag
Material: Cu (Perbunan or Viton) SN 595; SN 870 SN 834; SN 839 purposes

permiss.
d1 d2 c i d2 l i a a 1 max. b 1 min. d 4 min. d7 dev. t1 W
G 1/8 14 4 8 14 12 8 5 1 8 19 9,8 13
G 1/4 19 5 12 19 17 12 6 1,5 12 25 13,2 18
+0,2 0,1
G 3/8 22 5 12 22 17 12 6 2 12 28 16,7 18
0
G 1/2 27 5 14 27 19 14 7 2,5 14 34 21 22
G 3/4 32 5 16 32 21 16 7 2,5 16 42 26,5 24
G1 40 6,5 16 40 22,5 16 8 2,5 18 47 33,3 28
G 1 1/4 50 6,5 16 50 22,5 16 8 2,5 20 58 42 +0,3 30 0,2
G 1 1/2 55 6,5 16 55 22,5 16 8 2,5 22 65 47,9 0 32
G2 68 5 20 - - - 8 3 24 76 59,7 34
G 2 1/2 84 8 26 - - - 12 - 30 85 - - 40 -
G3 100 8 26 - - - 17 - 30 102 - - 40 -
Metric T-head bolts T-slots

ISO thread
DIN 186 DIN 649
for T-head bolts per DIN 186
Minor dia. of bolt thread
Thread dia. DIN 13
Core section
(max. dim.)
Lead
permissible h min.
d1 P mm k n m a b deviation GG GG; St c r
M 6 1 4,77 17,9 4,5 6 16 7 19 -1 15 15 8 0,6
M 8 1,25 6,47 32,8 5,5 8 18 10 22 -1 17 17 9 0,6
M 10 1,5 8,16 52,3 7 10 21 12 26 -2 25 21 11 0,6
M 12 1,75 9,85 76,2 8 12 26 14,5 31 -2 31 25 12 0,6
M 16 2 13,55 144,1 10,5 16 30 18,5 36 -2 38 30 15 0,6
M 20 2,5 16,93 225,2 13 20 36 24 44 -3 44 34 17 0,6
M 24 3 20,32 324,3 15 24 43 28 52 -3 51 39 19 0,6
M 30 3,5 25,71 519 19 30 54 35 65 -4 63 48 24 1
M 36 4 31,09 759,3 23 36 66 42 80 -4 75 57 28 1,6
M 42 4,5 36,48 1045 26 42 80 48 95 -5 89 67 32 1,6
M 48 5 41,87 1377 30 48 88 56 105 -5 102 76 36 1,6
Page 2
SN 351 : 2002-01
Metric Hexagon head bolts Hexagon fit bolts Studs

ISO thread
DIN EN ISO 4014 DIN 609 DIN 939

DIN EN ISO 4017 SN 550 SN 343
for mechanical engineering

DIN EN 20273 medium
DIN EN 20273 coarse

for steel contruction
DIN 13 Part 28 DIN EN ISO
4032
(Max. dim)
DIN 336
DIN 13
Minor dia. of bolt thread

Dia. of core hole bit:
DIN EN ISO
DIN EN ISO
4032
4032
Through-hole
Core section
Thread dia.
Lead
d1 P mm d 3 medium d 3 coarse k v min. a b t ds k6 d4 k v min. a b t v min.
M 4 0,7 3,3 3,14 7,8 4,5 4,8 2,8 4,5 5 7 11 - - - - 5 7 11 4,5
M 5 0,8 4,2 4,02 12,7 5,5 5,8 3,5 6,5 6,5 9 14 - - - - 6,5 9 14 6,5
M 6 1 5 4,77 17,9 6,6 7 4 7 7,5 10 16 - - - - 7,5 10 16 7
M 8 1,25 6,8 6,47 32,8 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9,5
M 10 1,5 8,5 8,16 52,3 11 12 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11 13 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11,5
M 12 1,75 10,2 9,85 76,3 13,5 14,5 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 13 15 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 14,5
M 16 2 14 13,55 144,1 17,5 18,5 10 19 20 24 34 17 19 10 19 20 24 34 19
M 20 2,5 17,5 16,93 225,2 22 24 12,5 23 25 29 41 21 23 12,5 23 25 29 41 23
M 24 3 21 20,32 324,3 26 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 25 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 27,5
M 30 3,5 26,5 25,71 519 33 35 18,7 32,5 38 42 58 32 34 19 32,5 38 42 58 32,5
M 36 4 32 31,09 759,3 39 42 22,5 39 45 49 66 38 40 22 39 45 49 66 39
M 42 4,5 37,5 36,48 1045 45 48 26 43 52 56 75 44 46 26 43 52 56 75 43
M 48 5 43 41,87 1377 52 56 30 48 60 65 86 50 54 30 48 60 65 86 48
M 56 5,5 50,5 49,25 1905 62 66 35 56 70 75 100 58 63 35 56 70 75 100 56
M 64 6 58 56,64 2520 70 74 40 63 80 86 110 65 70 40 63 80 86 110 63
M 72 x 6 6 66 64,64 3287 78 82 45 70 90 95 119 75 80 45 70 90 95 119 70
M 80 x 6 6 74 72,64 4144 86 91 50 76 100 106 130 82 87 50 76 100 106 130 76
M 90 x 6 6 84 82,64 5364 96 101 57 84 112 118 142 - - - - 112 118 142 84
M100 x 6 6 94 92,64 6740 107 112 63 92 125 132 156 - - - - 125 132 156 92
M110 x 6 6 104 102,64 8273 117 122 69 100 137 143 167 - - - - 137 143 167 100
M125 x 6 6 119 117,64 10869 132 137 79 112 156 162 186 - - - - 156 162 186 112
M140 x 6 6 134 132,64 13818 147 155 88 124 175 182 206 - - - - 175 182 206 124
M160 x 6 6 154 152,64 18299 168 175 100 140 200 206 230 - - - - 200 206 230 140
According to DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017 and DIN EN ISO 4032 hexagon bolts and nuts are standardised only up to size M 64.
For bigger thread diameters the invalid standards DIN 931 and DIN 934 must be used.
Page 3
SN 351 : 2002-01
Widths across flats Hexagon nuts Hexagon nuts, Castle nuts Lockwashers Washers Washers
self-locking
for hexagon
for bolts and nuts as DIN 935 and socket head for bolts and for high-strength
in: bolts, hexagon nuts pretensioned
Cotter pins nuts bolted joints
DIN 609, DIN 561, DIN EN ISO 4032 DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO 1234 SN 778 DIN EN ISO SN 808
DIN 935, 7042 7089
DIN EN ISO 4014,
(DIN 931),
DIN EN ISO 4017,
DIN EN ISO 4032,
(DIN 934)
DIN 13
Thread dia.
Cotter pin
e min. s m max. v min. h max. v min. m max. v min. n min. d2 s d2 h d2 s d1
xl
7,66 7 3,2 8 - - 5 6,5 1,2 1 x 10 7 0,5 9 0,8 - - M 4
8,79 8 4,7 11 5,1 7,5 6 8 1,4 1 x 12 9 1 10 1 - - M 5
11,05 10 5,2 13 6 9 7,5 10 2 1,8 x 14 10 1 12 1,6 11 2 M 6

DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017, DIN EN ISO 4032
14,38 13 6,8 16 8 12 9,5 12 2,5 2,3 x 16 13 1,2 16 1,6 16 2,5 M 8
17,77 16 8,4 20 10 15 12 15 2,8 2,3 x 20 16 1,5 20 2 20 2,5 M 10
20,03 18 10,8 25 12 17 15 19 3,5 2,9 x 22 18 1,5 24 2,5 24 3 M 12

DIN EN ISO 4032
26,75 24 14,8 34 16,4 22 19 23 4,5 3,7 x 28 24 2 30 3 30 4 M 16
33,53 30 18 41 20,3 28 22 27 4,5 3,7 x 36 30 2 37 3 35 4,5 M 20
39,98 36 21,5 49 23,9 33 27 33 5,5 4,6 x 40 36 2,5 44 4 45 5 M 24
50,85 46 25,6 58 30 41 33 40 7 5,9 x 50 45 2,5 56 4 55 6 M 30
60,79 55 31 70 36 48 38 46 7 5,9 x 63 - - 66 5 65 7 M 36
71,3 65 34 77 - - 46 55 9 7,5 x 71 - - 78 8 75 8 M 42
82,6 75 38 86 - - 50 60 9 7,5 x 80 - - 92 8 90 10 M 48
93,56 85 45 101 - - 57 68 9 7,5 x 100 - - 105 10 100 11 M 56
104,86 95 51 114 - - 66 78 11 9,5 x 100 - - 115 10 110 11 M 64
116,16 105 58 128 - - 73 85 11 9,5 x 112 - - - - 120 12 M 72 x 6
127,46 115 64 140 - - 79 91 11 9,5 x 140 - - - - 140 14 M 80 x 6
144,08 130 72 156 - - 92 104 14 12,4 x 140 - - - - 160 16 M 90 x 6

DIN 931, DIN 934
161,02 145 80 172 - - 100 112 14 12,4 x 160 - - - - 175 16 M100 x 6

DIN 934
172,32 155 88 188 - - - - - - - - - - 185 16 M110 x 6
200,57 180 100 212 - - - - - - - - - - 220 22 M125 x 6
220,8 200 112 236 - - - - - - - - - - 240 22 M140 x 6
254,7 230 128 268 - - - - - - - - - - 270 22 M160 x 6
1) The necessary washers, spring washers and locking washers must be included in the grip length.
2) Length of engagement at 1.25 d1.
3) Bolt length (minimum length) = grip length + projection length. This minimum length must be rounded off to the next bigger bolt length stated in the relevant
standards.
Page 4
SN 351 : 2002-01
Socket head bolts Counterbores for socket head bolts
DIN 974-1
DIN EN ISO 4762 DIN 7984 DIN EN ISO 1207 DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO DIN
4762, 1207 7984
DIN 912
with lockwasher as in SN 778 up
with lockwasher as in SN 778 up

DIN EN 20 273 medium
DIN 13
to strength grade 8.8
to strength grade 8.8

Through hole per
without washer
without washer
without washer
For sizes above M 64:
with washer
Thread dia.
DIN 912
(all sizes with
fine threads as in DIN 912)
d1 d3 dk l g max. k dk l g max. k dk a max. k d2 H13 t t t t t t

M 4 4,5 7 2,1 4 7 2,1 2,8 7 1,4 2,6 8 4,6 5 3,4 4,5 3,2 4
M 5 5,5 8,5 2,4 5 8,5 2,4 3,5 8,5 1,6 3,3 10 5,7 6,5 4,2 5,5 4 5
M 6 6,6 10 3 6 10 3 4 10 2 3,9 11 6,8 7,5 4,8 6,5 4,7 5,5
M 8 9 13 3,75 8 13 3,75 5 13 2,5 5 15 9 10 6 8 6 7
M 10 11 16 4,5 10 16 4,5 6 16 3 6 18 11 12,5 7,5 9,5 7 8,5
M 12 13,5 18 5,25 12 18 5,25 7 - - - 20 13 14,5 8,5 11 8 9,5
DIN EN ISO 4762
M 16 17,5 24 6 16 24 6 9 - - - 26 17,5 19 11,5 15 10,5 12

M 20 22 30 7,5 20 30 7,5 11 - - - 33 21,5 23 13,5 17,5 12,5 14
M 24 26 36 9 24 36 9 13 - - - 40 25,5 27,5 15,5 20,5 14,5 16,5
M 30 33 45 10,5 30 - - - - - - 50 32 34 19,5 25,5 - -
M 36 39 54 12 36 - - - - - - 58 38 - 23,5 29,5 - -
M 42 45 63 13,5 42 - - - - - - 69 44 - - - - -
M 48 52 72 15 48 - - - - - - 78 50 - - - - -
M 56 62 84 16,5 56 - - - - - - 93 58 - - - - -
M 64 70 96 18 64 - - - - - - 107 66 - - - - -
M 72 x 6 78 108 18 72 - - - - - - 118 74 - - - - -
DIN 912
M 80 x 6 86 120 18 80 - - - - - - 132 82 - - - - -
M 90 x 6 96 135 18 90 - - - - - - 145 92 - - - - -
M100 x 6 107 150 18 100 - - - - - - 160 102 - - - - -
M110 x 6 117 - - - - - - - - - Short designation (d 3 / d 2 x t)
M125 x 6 132 - - - - - - - - -
M140 x 6 147 - - - - - - - - -
M160 x 6 168 - - - - - - - - -
Page 5
SN 351 : 2002-01
Counterbores Counterbores Counterbores Countersunk head Countersinks

screws as in
DIN 974-2 DIN EN ISO 10642 as in DIN 74-1
for for for for countersunk

hexagon head socket wrenches, eye bolts head screws as in
screws, box wrenches and DIN 580 DIN EN ISO 10642
hexagon nuts, striking-face box and eye nuts
lockwashers spanners DIN 582 Type F
SN 778
and washers
DIN EN ISO 7089,
DIN EN ISO 7090,
SN 808
faced
for wear plates
DIN 13
Thread dia.
= 90 +2 = 90 1
d2 H13 d2 d4 dk min. k max. d4 H13 s min. d1

10 18 - 7,53 2,48 10 7 M 4
11 18 - 9,43 3,1 12,5 8 M 5
13 20 - 11,34 3,72 14,5 9 M 6
18 26 24 15,24 4,96 19 11 M 8
22 33 30 19,22 6,2 23,5 13 M 10
26 36 36 23,12 7,44 28 15 M 12
33 43 40 29,01 8,8 35 19 M 16
40 56 46 36,05 10,16 41,5 24 M 20
48 62 57 - - - - M 24
61 78 71 - - - - M 30
71 90 82 - - - - M 36
82 107 92 - - - - M 42
98 125 112 - - - - M 48
112 140 118 - - - - M 56
125 156 132 - - - - M 64
132 177 162 - - - - M 72 x 6
150 177 180 - - - - M 80 x 6
170 208 - - - - - M 90 x 6
190 236 200 - - - - M100 x 6
200 264 - - - - - M110 x 6
240 380 - - - - - M125 x 6
260 380 - - - - - M140 x 6
290 380 - - - - - M160 x 6

Foundation
Dimensions in mm
Graphical Through-hole Threaded pin Stone bolt T-head bolt Adhesive anchor
symbol 1)
SN 172 DIN 529 SN 425 SN 705
DIN 24536
Stone bolt Grout

Grout and shrouder
pipe
sealing
Graphic symbol. Example: M 30
T-head bolt
Anchor plate
Adhesive
anchor
Threaded
pin Shank type A Note:
Note: Always combined with
Observe SN 559 and anchor plate or
other standards. double anchor plate
Weight Weight Weight
in kg in kg in kg
For
for 1000 mm
for 500 mm
for 100 mm
thread
per 10 mm
per 10 mm
per 10 mm
Bolt
Weight in
T-head
size
kg / m
length
length
length
length
length
length
d1 e1
+2
0
e2
+2
0
d3 d2 +2
0
f x 30 L2 t1 t2

e w d2 t
M 10 - - 12 - - - - 200 100 45 0,34 0,006 - - - - - - -

M 12 - - 16 - - - - 250 100 55 0,5 0,009 - - - 15 110 0,113 0,009
M 16 - - 20 - - - - 320 100 70 0,92 0,016 - - - 20 125 0,205 0,016
M 20 - - 25 - - - - 400 100 85 1,49 0,025 - - - 25 170 0,336 0,025
M 24 27 54 28 24 5 100 3,55 500 100 100 2,22 0,036 500 3,66 0,036 30 210 0,505 0,036
M 30 34 68 35 30 5 120 5,55 600 100 120 3,63 0,055 600 5,77 0,055 36 280 0,857 0,055
M 36 40 82 40 36 5 160 8 700 100 140 5,51 0,08 700 8,36 0,08 42 300 1,32 0,08
M 42 47 94 48 42 5 180 10,87 800 100 160 7,83 0,109 800 11,48 0,109 48 350 1,94 0,109
M 48 53 102 54 48 5 210 14,2 1000 100 180 10,65 0,142 1000 15,09 0,142 55 400 2,76 0,142
M 56 62 116 62 56 10 250 19,33 1100 100 210 15,27 0,193 1100 20,71 0,193 62 500 3,87 0,193
M 64 70 128 70 64 10 280 25,25 1300 100 250 21,09 0,253 1300 27,31 0,253 72 600 5,1 0,252
M 72x6 78 142 80 72 10 300 31,96 1400 100 290 27,81 0,32 1400 34,87 0,32 - - - -
M 80x6 87 154 90 80 15 320 39,46 - - - - - 1600 43,36 0,395 - - - -
M 90x6 97 170 100 90 15 360 49,94 - - - - - 1800 55,33 0,499 - - - -
M100x6 107 185 110 100 15 400 61,65 - - - - - 2000 69,07 0,617 - - - -
M110x6 118 205 120 110 15 440 74,6 - - - - - 2200 84,52 0,746 - - - -
M125x6 133 230 135 125 15 500 96,33 - - - - - 2500 111,2 0,963 - - - -
M140x6 148 255 150 140 15 560 120,8 - - - - - 2800 141,2 1,208 - - - -
M160x6 168 290 170 - - - - - - - - - 3200 189,1 1,578 - - - -
The graphic symbols must always be drawn with axes of coordinates (see Figs. 1 and 2). The positions of the stone bolts or T-head
bolts. In the case of graphic symbols for T-head bolts with double anchor plates the T-head bolt clearance (k) is stated as specified in
1) The graphical symbols are standardised in DIN 24536 up to size M100 x 6. For M110 x 6 and above the symbols have been defined
specifically for SMS Demag purposes.
2)
v-dimensions are based on washer thicknesses per SN 220 or SN 808 + 1 x nut height per ISO 4032/DIN 934 + 1 x d 1 for the
application of hydraulic pretensioning units as in SN 403.
January 2002
anchoring elements SN 372
Dimensions in mm
Projection Rectangular washer Round washer Nut Anchor plate Shrouder pipe
up to M64:
SN 220 SN 808 DIN EN ISO SN 227-1 DIN 2458
4032
above M64: [Double anchor plate

DIN 934 SN 227-2]
t1
b1
a
Graphic symbol
with T-head bolt
e.g. for M30:
Single:
Double:
di
+10 also
v 0 2) as for washer For
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
SN220
as in SN 808 thread size
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg / m
SN 808 SN 220 a b s di da s m b1 a t1 da di s d1
25 - - - - - 10,5 20 2,5 0,005 8,4 0,012 - - - - - - - - M 10

30 - - - - - 13 24 3 0,008 10,8 0,017 - - - - - - - - M 12
35 - - - - - 17 30 4 0,015 14,8 0,033 - - - - - - - - M 16
40 - - - - - 21 35 4,5 0,026 18 0,064 - - - - - - - - M 20
50 60 50 80 10 0,28 25 45 5 0,04 21,5 0,11 180 20 75 7,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 24
60 75 60 90 15 0,55 31 55 6 0,08 25,6 0,223 210 25 90 11,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 30
80 90 70 100 20 0,94 37 65 7 0,129 31 0,393 240 30 110 17 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 36
90 105 80 115 25 1,49 43 75 8 0,209 34 0,652 270 30 120 22 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 42
100 120 90 130 30 2,28 50 90 10 0,368 38 0,977 300 35 140 30 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 48
120 135 100 145 30 2,83 58 100 11 0,52 45 1,42 330 35 150 36 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 56
130 155 110 160 35 3,93 66 110 11 0,601 51 1,98 370 40 175 50 193,7 187,9 2,9 13,6 M 64
150 170 120 180 35 4,79 74 120 12 0,751 58 2,67 410 40 190 62,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 72x6
160 190 130 200 40 6,52 82 140 14 1,111 64 3,44 450 40 205 74,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 80x6
180 220 145 220 50 9,9 93 160 16 1,672 72 4,93 500 50 235 108,5 244,5 238,1 3,2 19 M 90x6
200 240 160 240 50 11,8 104 175 16 1,954 80 6,82 550 50 255 129 273 266,6 3,2 21,3 M100x6
220 265 180 260 60 17,3 114 185 16 2,094 88 8,2 600 60 285 182 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M110x6
250 305 205 290 70 25,5 129 220 22 4,308 100 13 660 60 315 220 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M125x6
280 340 230 320 80 36,1 144 240 22 4,995 112 17,5 750 80 355 366 355,6 349,2 3,2 27,8 M140x6
320 395 260 350 100 54,9 164 270 22 6,24 128 26,5 850 80 365 466 406,4 399,2 3,6 35,8 M160x6
with anchor plates are determined by dimensioning the axes of coordinates.
SN 227-2 (see Figs. 1 and 2). The graphic symbols themselves need not be drawn to scale.
Stud anchors see SN 854

Shrouder pipe sealing for T-head bolts, threaded pins and rectangular shrouder pipes
see SN 207-1 to 3
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
January 2002
Mechanical fasteners
Screws, bolts and nuts SN 485
Selection
Dimensions in mm
d M4 M5 M 6 M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head bolt 1) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 - - - - -
b 2) 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 - -
3) 33 35 37 41 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121 137 153
DIN EN ISO 4014
d a max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
e min. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm) in kg per 1000 pieces
25 3,12 4,86
30 3,61 5,64 8,06
35 4,04 6,42 9,13
40 4,53 7,2 10,2 20,3
45 7,98 11,3 22,2 38
For lengths in shaded area refer to
50 8,76 12,3 24,2 41,1 58,1
ISO 4017
55 13,4 25,8 43,8 62,6
60 14,4 27,8 46,9 67
65 29,8 50 70,3 131
70 31,8 53,1 74,7 139
80 35,7 59,3 83,6 155 255
90 65,5 92,4 171 279 428
100 71,7 101 186 303 464

110 109 202 327 500 823
120 118 218 351 535 880
130 230 374 560 920
140 246 398 595 975 1470
150 262 422 630 1030 1550
160 278 446 665 1085 1630 2310
180 494 735 1200 1790 2520 3440
200 544 805 1310 1950 2740 3720
Ordering example: 220 870 1420 2110 2960 4010 5660
ISO 4014 M 20 x 80 8.8 240 935 1530 2270 3180 4290 6030
260 1640 2430 3400 4570 6410 8600
280 1750 2590 3520 4850 6800 9100
Note: 300
1)
For lengths l 125 mm 1860 2750 3640 5130 7190 9600
2)
For sizes above M 64 please refer to 320 For lengths 125 mm < l 200 mm 2910 3860 5410 7580 10100
3)
DIN 931-2. 340 For lengths l > 200 mm 3070 4080 5690 7970 10600
360 3230 4300 5970 8350 11100
d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M 100 x 6 M 110 x 6 M 125 x 6 M 140 x 6 M 160 x 6
Hexagon head cap screw 2) 156 172 192 - - - - -
b 3) 169 185 205 225 245 275 305 345
DIN 931-2
d a max. 79 87 97 107 117 132 147 167
e min. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,57 220,8 254,7
k 45 50 57 63 69 79 88 100
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200 230
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm) in kg per 1000 pieces
200 9,36
220 9,9 12,6
240 10,5 13,3 17,6
260 11,1 14,1 18,5 24,2
280 11,7 14,9 19,5 25,3 31
300 12,4 15,6 20,5 26,5 32,5
320 13 16,4 21,5 27,7 34 45,8
340 13,7 17,2 22,5 28,9 35,4 47,7 61,7
360 14,3 18 23,5 30,1 36,8 49,6 64
380 15 18,8 24,5 31,3 38,2 51,5 66,4 92,1
DIN 931 M 80 x 6 x 300 8.8 400 15,6 19,6 25,5 32,5 39,6 53,5 68,8 95,3
420 20,4 26,5 33,8 41 55,4 71,2 98,4
440 21,2 27,5 35 42,5 57,3 73,6 101,5
Note: 460 22 28,5 36,2 44 59,2 76 104,7
480 29,5 37,4 45,5 61,1 78,4 107,9
For sizes up to M 64 please refer to 500 30,5 38,6 47 63 80,8 111,1
DIN EN ISO 4014. 2) For lengths 125 mm < l 200 mm
3) For lengths l > 200 mm
Page 2
SN 485 : 2002-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head screw a max. 2,1 2,4 3 4 4,5 5,3 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
with coarse-pitch thread
d a max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
DIN EN ISO 4017 e min. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm 3) in kg per 1000 pieces
12 1,8 2,87 4,42
16 2,1 3,37 5,11 11,1
20 2,41 3,87 5,8 12,3 21,2
25 2,8 4,49 6,65 13,9 23,7 34,1
30 3,19 5,11 7,51 15,5 26,2 37,7 76,9
35 3,75 5,73 8,37 17,1 28,7 41,3 83,5
40 3,96 6,35 9,23 18,7 31,2 44,9 90,2 155
45 6,99 10,1 20,3 33,7 48,5 97,1 165
50 7,59 11 21,8 36,2 52 103 176 274
55 11,9 23,4 38,7 55,6 110 186 289
60 12,7 25 41,3 58,2 117 196 304 543
65 26,6 43,8 62,8 123 207 319 566
70 28,2 46,3 66,4 130 217 334 590 910
80 31,4 51,3 73,6 144 238 363 637 990 1460
90 56,3 80,8 157 258 393 685 1060 1550
100 61,3 88 170 279 423 732 1140 1650 2320
Ordering example:
ISO 4017 M12 x 30 8.8 110 95,2 184 300 453 779 1200 1740 2450 3410
120 102 197 320 483 827 1260 1840 2570 3580 4900
130 210 340 513 874 1330 1930 2690 3750 5120
Note: For lengths in the shaded area
140 224 361 543 921 1400 2020 2820 3920 5340
Fine-pitch threads only according to refer to ISO 4014
150 237 381 572 969 1470 2120 2940 4080 5560
DIN EN ISO 8676. Table values acc.
to DIN EN ISO 4017 do not match for 160 (SMS Demag determination) 1010 1540 2210 3060 4250 5780
fine-pitch threads. 180 1110 1680 2400 3310 4590 6230
200 1210 1810 2590 3560 4920 6670
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Hexagon socket countersunk P 0,7 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5
head screws b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52
d k max. 8,96 11,2 13,44 17,92 22,4 26,88 33,6 40,32
DIN EN ISO 10642 k max. 2,48 3,1 3,72 4,96 6,2 7,44 8,8 10,16
l g max. *) 4,58 5,5 6,72 8,71 10,7 12,69 14,8 17,66
s 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
a 90 to 92
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
8 0,92 1,6 2,35
10 1,07 1,85 2,7 5,47
12 1,23 2,1 3,05 6,1 10,1
16 1,53 2,59 3,76 7,35 12,1
20 1,84 3,09 4,46 8,6 14,1 21,2
25 2,23 3,71 5,34 10,2 16,6 24,8
30 2,9 4,33 6,22 11,7 19,1 28,5 51,8
35 3,4 5,43 7,1 13,3 21,6 32,1 58,4 91,4
40 3,9 6,2 8,83 14,8 24,1 35,7 65,1 102
45 7 9,9 17,3 27,1 39,3 71,7 112
The following applies to screws 50 7,74 11 19,9 30,1 43 78,4 123
over - - - : b = l l g max. 55 12,1 22,3 32,9 48,5 85 133
60 13,2 24,8 35,7 54 91,7 143
The following applies to screws 65 27,3 38,5 59,5 98,4 153
below - - - : l g max. = l b 70 29,8 41,2 62,9 111 164
80 32,3 44 67,4 127 200
Ordering example: 90 46,8 71,9 143 226
ISO 10642 M 12 x 40 8.8 100 49,6 76,4 159 253
*) Lengths indicated above the dashed stepped line have threads up to the screw head within a distance of 3P.
This leads to the equation l g max. = k max. + 3P
Page 3
SN 485 : 2002-01
d M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

Hexagon fitting bolt 1) 14,5 17,5 20,5 25 28,5 - - - - -
with long threaded portion b 2) 16,5 19,5 22,5 27 30,5 36,5 43 49 56 63
DIN 609
3) 21,5 24,5 27,5 32 35,5 41,5 48 54 61 68
d s k6 9 11 13 17 21 25 32 38 44 50
e min. 14,38 17,77 19,85 26,17 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6
k 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 19 22 26 30
s max. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
35 22 35,5 48,6
40 24,5 39,2 53,8 104
45 27 42,9 59 112 195
50 29,5 46,7 64,2 121 203
55 32 49,9 68,7 130 215 310
60 34,5 53,6 73,9 139 229 339
65 37 57,4 79,2 148 242 358 630
70 39,5 61,1 84,4 157 256 378 661 1020
75 42 64,8 89,6 166 269 397 693 1070
80 44,5 68,6 94,8 175 283 416 724 1110 1600
90 76 105 193 310 455 787 1200 1720 2410
100 83,5 115 211 338 493 850 1290 1840 2570
110 126 228 365 532 914 1380 1960 2720
120 136 246 392 570 977 1470 2080 2870
130 264 419 609 1050 1560 2200 3020
140 282 446 647 1110 1650 2320 3180
150 300 474 686 1170 1740 2440 3330
160 1230 1810 2540 3470
170 1) For lengths l 50 mm 1290 1900 2660 3630
180 2) For lengths 50 mm < l 150 mm 1350 1990 2780 3780
DIN 609 M 12 x 50 8.8 190 3) For lengths l > 150 mm 1420 2080 2900 3940
200 1480 2170 3020 4090
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Hexagon head screw with full dog a 1 max. 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5
point and small hexagon d a max. 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63
dp 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18 23 28 32 38 45
DIN 561 e min. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 19,92 26,75 33,53 39,98 51,28 61,31 72,61 83,91
k 5 6 7 9 11 14 17 21 25 30 34 40
s max. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
z 2 min. 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 28
12 4,26
16 4,95 8,66
20 5,65 9,94 17
25 6,53 11,4 19,5 34,1
30 7,38 13 22 37,7 62,6
35 14,6 24,4 41,2 69,1
40 16,1 26,9 44,8 75,7 132
45 29,4 48,4 82,3 143 233
50 31,9 52 88,9 154 249
60 59,2 102 176 281 446
70 66,4 115 198 313 493
80 128 220 345 540 876 1320
90 142 242 377 587 944 1410 2040
100 264 409 634 1010 1510 2160 3120
120 473 727 1150 1700 2410 3450
140 821 1280 1890 2660 3780
160 914 1420 2080 2910 4110
180 1560 2270 3160 4440
Material acc. to DIN ISO 898-5 200 1690 2460 3410 4770
220 2650 3660 5100
240 2840 3910 5430
DIN 561 - M 16 x 70 - 14H 260 3030 4160 5760
280 4410 6090
300 4660 6420
Page 4
SN 485 : 2002-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon socket head bolt b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 124 140
with coarse-pitch thread d a max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
d k max. 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 84 96
DIN EN ISO 4762
k max. 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48 56 64
l g max. *)2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
s 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 17 19 22 27 32 36 41 46
12 1,95 2,95 5,07 10,9
16 2,25 3,45 5,75 12,1 20,9
20 2,65 4,01 6,53 13,4 22,9 32,1
25 3,15 4,78 7,59 15 25,4 35,7 71,3
30 3,65 5,55 8,3 16,9 27,9 39,3 77,8 128
35 4,15 6,32 9,91 18,9 30,4 42,9 84,4 139
40 4,65 7,09 11 20,9 32,9 46,5 91 150 270
45 7,86 12,1 22,9 36,1 50,1 97,6 161 285 500
50 8,63 13,2 24,9 39,3 54,5 106 172 300 527
55 14,3 26,9 42,5 58,9 114 183 316 554 870
60 15,4 28,9 45,7 63,4 122 194 330 581 910 1370
65 31 48,9 67,8 130 205 345 608 950 1420
The following applies to screws 70 33 52,1 71,3 138 216 363 635 990 1470 2040
over - - - : b = l l g max. 80 37 58,5 80,2 154 241 399 690 1070 1580 2180 3340
90 64,9 89,1 170 266 435 745 1150 1680 2320 3530 5220
The following applies to screws 100 71,2 98 186 291 471 800 1230 1790 2460 3720 5470
below - - - : l g max. = l b
110 107 202 316 507 855 1310 1890 2600 3920 5730
120 116 218 341 543 910 1390 2000 2740 4110 5980
130 234 366 579 965 1470 2100 2880 4300 6230
140 250 391 615 1020 1550 2210 3020 4490 6490
Ordering example: 150 266 416 651 1080 1630 2320 3160 4680 6740
ISO 4762 M 12 x 50 - 8.8 160 282 441 687 1130 1710 2420 3300 4880 6900
180 491 759 1240 1870 2640 3590 5270 7250
200 541 831 1350 2030 2860 3870 5650 7750
Note: 220 903 1460 2190 3080 4150 6040 8250
240 975 1570 2250 3300 4430 6420 8750
Both in case of the hexagon socket
head bolts with fine-pitch threads and 260 1680 2410 3520 4710 6810 9260
those with coarse-pitch threads 280 1790 2570 3740 4990 7200 9760
above M 64 reference must be made 300 1900 2730 3960 5270 7580 10300
to DIN 912. *) Lengths indicated above the dashed stepped line in bolt type have threads up to the screw head within a
distance of 3P. This leads to the equation l g max. = 3P
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Hexagon socket head bolt b 2) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54
with low head dk 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4
DIN 7984 k 2,8 3,5 4 5 6 7 9 11 13
l g max. 2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9
s 2,5 3 4 5 7 8 12 14 17
6 0,96
8 1,12 2,26
10 1,28 2,5 3,59
12 1,44 2,74 3,94 8,05
16 1,76 3,22 4,64 9,25 14,4
20 2,15 3,77 5,34 10,5 16,4 24,1
25 2,64 4,54 6,45 12 19 27,7
30 5,31 7,56 14 21,6 31,3 62,1
35 8,67 16 24,7 34,9 68,8
The following applies to screws 40 9,78 18 27,8 39,3 75,5 130
over - - - : l g max. = 3 P
45 20 30,9 43,7 82,2 140
The following applies to screws 50 22 34 48,1 89,6 150 223
below - - - : l g max. = l b 60 26 40,2 56,9 104 172 253
70 46,4 65,8 119 197 288
80 74,7 134 222 324
DIN 7984 M 12 x 60 - 8.8
2) For lengths l 125 mm
90 247 359
100 272 395
Page 5
SN 485 : 2002-01
d R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 3/4 R1 R 1 1/4 R 1 1/2

Hexagon socket pipe plug
b 8 10 12 18 20
DIN 906
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24
t min. 4 5 6 11,5
s SMS Demag manufacturing instruction:

When a plug screw with tapered thread, e.g. R , must be flush with the surface after insertion in a cylindrical hole,
d
e.g. G or Rp , the first turns of the female thread must be removed.
d G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2
t Counterbore
2 3 4 5 6
b depth
If possible this counterbore depth must be specified in the drawing and taken into account during assembly.
DIN 906 R 1/2 St Weight
3,38 7 12,2 19 40,2 57,5 135 214
kg/1000 pcs.
Hexagon socket plug d G 1/8 A G 1/4 A G 3/8 A G 1/2 A G 3/4 A G1A G 1 1/4A G 1 1/2A G2A
with parallel thread
SN 869 b 8 10 12 18 20 22
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24 32
t min. 4 5 6 11,5 13
Use only for closing holes without pressure.
Weight
SN 869 G1A St 3,38 7 12,2 19 40 57,5 135 214 350
kg/1000 pcs.
d1 DIN 908 SN 595

Plug screw with collar, Sizes in
hexagon socket and inches G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G1A G1 1/4A G1 1/2A G2A G2 1/2A G3A
parallel thread c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 8 8
(metric and inch threads) d 2 h14 14 18 22 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
up to G 2 A or M64 i 0,2 8 12 12 14 16 16 16 16 20 26 26
DIN 908 l 11 15 15 18 20 21 21 21 25 34 34
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 22 24 32 30 30
above G 2 A t min. 5 7 7,5 7,5 9 9 10,5 10,5 14 20 20
SN 595 Weight
6,34 14,6 21,4 40,8 73,5 111 187 246 445 1110 1530
kg/1000 pcs
Pertaining sealing rings of type A as per DIN 7603 Material: Cu
Inside dia. 10 14 17 21 27 33 42 48 60 75 90
x x x x x x x x x x x x
outside dia. 13,5 18 21 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
d1 M10x1 M12x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x1,5 M30x1,5 M36x1,5 M42x1,5 M48x1,5 - -
Metric - - - - - M30x2 M36x2 M42x2 M48x2 M56x2 M64x2
c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
d 2 h14 14 17 21 25 29 36 42 49 55 64 72
i 0,2 8 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 16 20 20
l 11 15 15 18 18 20 21 21 21 25 25
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 19 22 24 32 32
t min. 5 7 7,5 7,5 7,5 9 10,5 10,5 10,5 14 14
Weight
6,34 11,3 19 37,5 53,5 84 134 187 246 386 530
kg/1000 pcs
DIN 908 G 1 A St, Pertaining sealing rings of type A as per DIN 7603 Material: Cu
DIN 908 M30 x 2 St Inside dia. 10 12 17 21 25 32 38 44 50 58 65
SN 595 G 3 A St x x x x x x x x x x x x
outside dia. 13,5 16 21 26 30 38 44 51 57 66 74
Page 6
SN 485 : 2002-01
1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2

Plug screw
SN 870
d G 1/8 A G 1/4 A G 3/8 A G 1/2 A G 3/4 A G1A G 1 1/4 A G 1 1/2 A
d2 14 19 22 27 32 40 50 55
i 8 12 14 16
l 12 17 19 21 22,5
s 5 6 8 10 12 17 22 24
Weight
SN 870 VSTI 1 - ED - St 8 20 25 51 79 130 198 263
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 4032 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Hexagon nut with d
ISO 8673 - - - M8 x 1 M10 x 1 M12 x 1,5 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5
coarse-pitch thread
DIN EN ISO 4032 e min. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95
or m 3,2 4,7 5,2 6,8 8,4 10,8 14,8 18
Hexagon nut
with fine-pitch thread s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30
DIN EN ISO 8673 Weight
0,81 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 4032 24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
d
Use DIN 934 for size

ISO 8673 M24 x 2 M30 x 2 M36 x 3 M42 x 3 M48 x 3 M56 x 4 M64 x 4
M 64 and above
e min. 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
m 21,5 25,6 31 34 38 45 51
Ordering examples: s 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
ISO 4032 M 30 8 Weight
ISO 8673 M 30 x 2 8 110 223 393 652 977 1420 1980
kg / 1000 pcs.
Please use ISO 4032 for sizes up
Hexagon nut d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M100 x 6 M110 x 6 M125 x 6 M140 x 6

DIN 934 (coarse-pitch thread)
e min. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,58 220,8
to M64.
m 58 64 72 80 88 100 112
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200
Weight
2670 3440 4930 6820 8200 13000 17500
DIN 934 M 90 x 6 8 kg / 1000 pcs.
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Castle nut with d e max. - - - - - 16 22 28 34 42
coarse or fine-pitch thread
e min. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85
DIN 935-1 m 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15 19 22 27 33
n min. 1,2 1,4 2 2,5 2,8 3,5 4,5 4,5 5,5 7
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46
w max. 3,2 4 5 6,5 8 10 13 16 19 24
Weight
1,12 2,3 3,16 7,35 15,8 20 38,9 75,2 131 264
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pert. cotter pin
1 x 10 1,2 x 12 1,6 x 14 2 x 16 2,5 x 20 3,2 x 22 4 x 28 4 x 36 5 x 40 6,3 x 50
ISO 1234
d M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72x6 M80x6 M90x6 M100x6
d e max. 50 58 65 75 85 95 105 120 130
e min. 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02
m 38 46 50 57 66 73 79 92 100
n min. 7 9 9 9 11 11 11 14 14
s 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 130 145
w max. 29 34 38 45 51 58 64 72 80
DIN 935 M 30 8 Weight
447 710 1060 1500 2150 2900 3700 5450 7600
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pert. cotter pin
6,3 x 63 8 x 71 8 x 80 8 x 100 10 x 100 10 x 112 10 x 140 13 x 140 13 x 160
ISO 1234
Page 7
SN 485 : 2002-01
Hexagon nut with d M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M 30 M36

clamping section
DIN EN ISO 7042 e min. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79
h max. 5,1 6 8 10 12 16,4 20,3 23,9 30 36
s max. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
Ordering example:
Weight
ISO 7042 M 30 8 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4 110 223 393
kg / 1000 pcs.
Wing nut, d1 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

round wing shape
DIN 315 d2 max. 8 11 13 16 20 23 29 35 44
m max. 4,6 6,5 8 10 12 14 17 21 25
e max. 20 26 33 39 51 65 73 90 110
h max. 10,5 13 17 20 25 33,5 37,5 46,5 56,5
DIN 315 M 10 St Weight

2 4 8 17 35 60 90 180 260
kg / 1000 pcs.
d
Hexagon cap nut, M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M 36 M 42 M 48
Acc. to series 1
low shape and
coarse-pitch thread (series 1)
t min. 9,21 10,65 13,15 16,65 20,58 23,58 27,58 35,5 41,5 47,5
DIN 917
g 2 max. *)
- - 6,4 7,3 9,3 10,7 12,7 14 16 18,5
Acc. to series 1
h max. 12 14 16 20 25 30 34 44 52 58
s max. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
e min. 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 72,02 82,60
Weight
9,5 19,3 25,5 48,1 94,1 165 310 577 958 1410
kg / 1000 pcs.
DIN 917 M 30 8
*) > M10 thread undercut g 2 max. (type D, short) acc. to DIN 76-1
January 2002
Setscrews, pins, studs, other screws/bolts SN 486
Selection
Dimensions in mm
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10
Slotted cheese head screws
a max. 1,4 1,6 2 2,5 3
DIN EN ISO 1207 da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2
dk max. 7 8,5 10 13 16
k max. 2,6 3,3 3,9 5 6
10 1,47 2,55 3,92 7,85
12 1,63 2,8 4,27 8,49 14,6
16 1,95 3,3 4,98 9,77 16,6
20 2,25 3,78 5,69 11 18,6
25 2,64 4,4 6,56 12,6 21,1
30 3,02 5,02 7,45 14,2 23,6
35 3,41 5,62 8,25 15,8 26,1
Ordering example: 40 3,8 6,25 9,2 17,4 28,6
ISO 1207 M10 x 20 4.8 45 6,88 10 18,9 31,1
50 7,5 10,9 20,6 33,6

d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12
Slotted setscrew
with cone point n 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2
t min. 1,12 1,28 1,6 2 2,4 2,8
DIN EN 27434
dt max. 0,4 0,5 1,5 2 2,5 3
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3 ) in kg per 1000 pieces
6 0,36
8 0,51 0,77 1,04
10 0,66 1,02 1,44 2,65
12 0,82 1,27 1,84 3,25 4,6
16 1,12 1,76 2,64 4,45 6,6 9,5
20 1,42 2,25 3,44 5,65 8,6 11,8
25 2,88 4,44 7,15 11,1 14,7
Ordering example:
ISO 7434 M 10 x 30 14H 30 5,44 8,65 13,6 17,6
35 10,2 16,1 20,4
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket setscrew
with cone point s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
DIN 914
dt max. - - 1,5 2 2,5 3 4 5 6
12 0,79 1,21 1,74 2,98 4,42
16 1,09 1,69 2,44 4,24 6,42 8,9
20 1,39 2,17 3,14 5,5 8,4 11,7 20,1
25 2,77 4,02 7,09 10,8 15,3 26,6 40,7
30 4,9 8,68 13,3 18,9 33,2 51 68,7
35 5,78 10,3 15,8 22,5 39,7 61,3 83,2
40 11,9 18,3 26,1 46,3 71,6 98,2
DIN 914 M 12 x 40 45H 45 81,9 113
50 92,2 128
Page 2
SN 486 : 2002-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket setscrew
with dog point dp max. 2,5 3,5 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18
s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
DIN 915
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
short full
1 1,25 1,5 2 2,5 3 4 5 6
dog point
z min.
long full
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
dog point
12 0,742 1,19 1,63 2,68
16 1,04 1,67 2,34 3,94 6,05
20 1,34 2,15 3,04 5,2 8,02 11
25 2,75 3,92 6,79 10,5 14,6 25,1
30 4,8 8,38 13 18,2 31,9 45,5
35 5,68 9,97 15,5 21,8 38,2 55,8 78,4
40 11,6 18 25,4 44,9 66,1 93,4
DIN 915 M12 x 40 45H 50 86,7 123
60 153
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48
Stud d - M8x1 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2 M30x2 M36x3 M42x3 M48x3
- - - M12x1,5 - - - - - - -
DIN 939 b1 4) 7,5 10 12 15 20 25 30 38 45 52 60
1) 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 78 90 102
b2 2) 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108
3) - - 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121
x1 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,3 5 6,3 7,5 9 10 11 12,5
x2 1,25 1,6 1,9 2,2 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,5 5 5,5 6,3
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
50 11,4 21 33,3 49,9 94,9
55 12,5 22,9 36,4 54,3 103
60 13,6 24,9 39,5 58,8 111 180
65 26,9 42,6 63,2 119 192
70 28,9 45,7 67,6 126 205 305
75 30,8 48,8 72,1 134 217 323
80 32,8 51,8 76,5 142 229 341
u (incomplete thread): max. 1,5 P
90 58 85,4 158 254 376 619
100 64,2 94,3 174 279 412 674 1011
110 103 190 303 447 730 1091
120 112 205 328 483 785 1171 1647
DIN 939 M12 x 80 8.8 130 221 353 518 841 1251 1756 2364
(only coarse-pitch thread) 140 237 377 554 896 1331 1865 2506
or 150 253 402 589 952 1411 1973 2648
160 269 427 625 1007 1490 2082 2790
DIN 939 M12Fo 5) x 80 8.8
Fo = male thread without force fit 170 451 660 1062 1570 2191 2932
180 1) For lengths l 125 mm 476 696 1118 1650 2300 3074
or
190 2) For lengths 125 mm < l 200 mm 501 731 1173 1730 2408 3216
DIN 939 M12 M12 x 1,25 x 80 8.8 200 3) For lengths 200 mm < l 525 767 1229 1810 2517 3358
(coarse and fine-pitch threads)
220 4) at 10.9: b1 = 1,5 x d 1340 1970 2735 3642
240 5) Drawing indication: secure with Loctite 242 acc. to SN 507 1450 2130 2952 3927
Page 3
SN 486 : 2002-01
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

T-head bolt
with square neck l g max. 10 13 16 19 25 31 37 43 55 54 72
k 4,5 5,5 7 8 10,5 13 15 19 23 26 30
DIN 186
n 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48
m 16 18 21 26 30 36 43 54 66 80 88
50 14,3 24,2 40,6 62,3 117
60 16,5 28,2 46,8 71,1 130 220
70 32,2 53 78,9 145 240 377
80 36,2 59,2 88,7 161 262 407
90 65,4 97,6 177 287 437 727
DIN 186 AM 20 x 100 5.6
Type A with shank 100 71,6 106 193 302 467 773
120 124 225 351 538 874 1380
DIN 186 BM 20 x 100 5.6
Type B with long thread 140 257 401 618 985 1530 2220
160 289 450 689 1090 1690 2420 3300
d1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Masonry / foundation bolt P 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5
a max. 25 32 40 55 65 80 100 120 140 160 185
DIN 529, type A +2 P
b 0 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 105 120 140
c max. 55 55 70 90 110 130 160 190 230 260 290
160 8 13,8 20,5 39,2
200 9,5 16,3 24,1 45,4 76
250 19,4 28,5 53,5 88 136
320 34,7 64,5 106 160 270
400 77,2 126 189 314 477
500 93 150 225 370 557 798
630 182 270 441 660 939 1277
DIN 529 AM 20 x 500 5.6 800 224 331 536 796 1124 1517 2135
1000 401 648 955 1344 1802 2525
Selection of bolt materials and possible treatments for surface refinement
Bolt material as in DIN EN ISO 898-1

3.6 Rm = 300 N/mm 2, R eL = 180 N/mm2
2 2
4.6 Rm = 400 N/mm , R eL = 240 N/mm
2 2
4.8 Rm = 400 N/mm , R eL = 320 N/mm
5.6 Rm = 500 N/mm 2, R eL = 300 N/mm2
5.8 Rm = 500 N/mm 2, R eL = 400 N/mm2
2 2
8.8 Rm = 800 N/mm , R p0,2 = 640 N/mm
10.9 Rm = 1000 N/mm 2, R p0,2 = 900 N/mm2
2 2
12.9 Rm = 1200 N/mm , R p0,2 = 1080 N/mm
14H
see DIN EN ISO 898-5
22H
Surface refinement as in DIN EN ISO 4042

A2E zinc coat applied by electroplating (A), layer thickness 5 m (2), degree of lustre: bright, no colour (E).
tZn zinc coat applied by hot galvanizing, layer thickness 40 m.
SMS Demag determination

OV5 Surface refinement, layer thickness min. 5 m, but not above permissible thread tolerance on the basis of
zinc, nickel and/or chromium (DNC, DAC, Delta-Tone), salt spray testing as in DIN 50021, min. 240 h.
Stainless and acid-resistant steels

2
A270 R m = 700 N/mm , austenitic steel, strain hardened 1.4541
A470 R m = 700 N/mm 2, austenitic steel, strain hardened 1.4571
2
C3 R m = 800 N/mm , martensitic steel, quenched and tempered 1.4057
Page 4
SN 486 : 2002-01
d1 M 8 2) M10 2) M12 2) M16 2) M20 2) M24 2) M30 2) M36 2) M42 2) M48 2) M56 M64
Lifting eye bolt
d2 20 25 30 35 40 50 65 75 85 100 110 120
DIN 580 d3 36 45 54 63 72 90 108 126 144 166 184 206
d4 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
h 36 45 53 62 71 90 109 128 147 168 187 208
surfaced
l 13 17 20,5 27 30 36 45 54 63 68 78 90
d5 24 30 36 40 46 57 71 82 92 112 118 132
SMS Demag-
specific b 16 20 23 30 33 39 48 57 66 71 81 93
determination
t 24 29 33 41 46 54 65 76 87 94 107 121
DIN 580 M 20 C 15 Weight
Lifting eye nut see DIN 582 0,06 0,11 0,18 0,28 0,45 0,74 1,66 2,65 4,03 6,38 8,8 12,4
kg / piece
Max. permissible load from suspended part, in kg
using one bolt 140 230 340 700 1200 1800 3600 5100 7000 8600 11500 16000
Direction of pull
using two bolts,

95 170 240 500 830 1270 2600 3700 5000 6100 8300 11000
in total
1) judging from experience the indication of a permissible angle deviation between tap hole and supporting face is not required,
provided both are made in one set-up of the same workpiece.
2) available from stock
d3 b e h k l s Weight
Type d1
Button-head lubricating nipple h12 0,1 min. max. j16 - 0,5 h13 kg / 1000 pcs.
G 1/4 A 16 6,5 19,3 17,6 4,5 5,5 17 18
DIN 3404 A G 1/4 A
22 8,5 25 23,1 5,5 7,5 22 34
G 3/8 A
Minimum space requirement for
DIN 3404 - A G 1/4 A 22 St-A3F

grease gun connection socket wrench
d 1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin with internal thread, c1 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
unhardened c 2 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6,3 8
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
3
DIN EN ISO 8733
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
c2 c1 50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
l
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example: 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
ISO 8733 6 x 30 St 120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
1) other tolerances upon agreement.
Page 5
SN 486 : 2002-01
d 1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin a 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
with internal thread, hardened c 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,6 6 6 7 8 10
l Weight (7,85 kg / dm ) in kg per 1000 pieces
3
DIN EN ISO 8735
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example: 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
ISO 8735 6 x 30 A St 120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
d h10 1) 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin,
unhardened l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
DIN EN 22339 32 1,06 2,17 3,68 5,58 7,88 13,7 21 29,9

35 1,19 2,42 4,08 6,18 8,7 15 23,1 32,9
40 2,85 4,77 7,19 10,1 17,4 26,7 37,9 66,3
50 6,24 9,33 13 22,3 34 48,2 83,9 130 200
60 11,6 16,1 27,4 41,6 58,7 102 157 242 346 610
70 19,4 32,7 49,4 69,6 120 185 285 407 715 1109
Ordering example: 80 22,8 38,2 57,5 80,8 139 213 328 468 821 1273
ISO 2339 A - 6 x 30 St
90 26,4 44 65,9 92,3 158 242 372 530 928 1438
Note: 100 49,9 74,6 104 178 272 417 592 1036 1604
Type A (ground):
surface roughness R a = 0,8 m 120 62,6 92,8 129 219 333 508 720 1256 1939
Type B (turned) 140 112 155 261 395 602 851 1479 2280
surface roughness R a = 3,2 m
d 1 h10 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin
with internal thread, unhardened l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
40 9,13 15,5 23,2 30,3 51,1 78
DIN EN 28736
45 10,5 17,9 26,8 35,4 59,9 91
55 13,5 22,9 34,2 45,8 77,7 118 165
60 15,1 25,5 38,1 51,1 86,8 132 186 246
80 36,3 54 73,2 124 188 272 368 708
90 62,4 84,7 143 217 316 430 815
100 71,1 96,4 163 247 361 492 923 1396
Ordering example:
ISO 8736 A - 6 x 30 St 120 121 204 308 452 620 1143 1731
140 246 370 546 751 1366 2072
Note:
Type A (ground): 160 291 435 642 885 1594 2419
surface roughness R a = 0,8 m 200 572 843 1163 2062 3126
Type B (turned):
surface roughness R a = 3,2 m
Page 6
SN 486 : 2002-01
d1 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 30 40 50
Spring-type straight pin,
slotted, heavy duty l Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
10 0,34 0,597 0,942 1,38 2,24 3,69 5,55 7,8 9,19 15,3
DIN EN ISO 8752
12 0,407 0,716 1,13 1,66 2,66 4,43 6,66 9,35 11 18,4
14 0,475 0,836 1,32 1,94 3,13 5,17 7,78 10,9 12,9 21,4 33,4 48,5
16 0,543 0,955 1,51 2,21 3,58 5,9 8,89 12,5 14,7 24,5 38,2 55,4
20 0,679 1,19 1,88 2,77 4,48 7,38 11,1 15,6 18,4 30,6 47,8 69,2 117 186
22 0,746 1,31 2,07 3,04 4,92 8,12 12,2 17,1 20,2 33,6 52,5 76,2 129 205
24 0,814 1,43 2,26 3,32 5,37 8,86 13,3 18,7 22 36,7 57,3 83,1 141 223
28 0,95 1,67 2,64 3,87 6,26 10,3 15,6 21,8 25,7 42,8 66,8 96,9 164 261
30 1,02 1,79 2,83 4,15 6,71 11,1 16,7 23,4 27,6 45,9 71,6 104 176 279
32 1,09 1,91 3,02 4,43 7,16 11,8 17,8 24,9 29,4 48,9 76,4 111 188 298
35 1,22 2,18 3,39 4,98 8,06 13,3 20 28,1 33,1 55,1 85,9 125 211 326
40 1,36 2,39 3,77 5,54 8,95 14,8 22,2 31,2 36,7 61,2 95,5 138 235 372
45 2,68 4,24 6,23 10,1 16,6 25 35,1 41,3 68,8 107 156 264 419
50 2,98 4,71 6,92 11,2 18,4 27,8 39 45,9 76,5 119 173 293 465
55 5,18 7,61 12,3 20,3 30,5 42,9 50,5 84,1 131 190 323 512
60 5,65 8,3 13,4 22,1 33,3 46,8 55,1 91,8 143 208 352 558
65 6,12 8,99 14,5 24 36,1 50,1 59,7 99,4 155 225 382 605
70 6,59 9,69 15,7 25,8 38,9 54,6 64,3 107 167 242 411 651
75 7,06 10,4 16,8 27,7 41,7 58,5 68,9 115 179 260 440 698
80 7,54 11,1 18 29,5 44,4 62,4 73,5 122 191 277 470 745
90 12,5 20,1 33,2 50 70,2 82,7 138 215 312 528 838
Ordering example:
ISO 8752 6 x 30 A FSt 55Si7 100 13,8 22,4 36,9 55,5 77,9 91,9 153 239 346 587 931
120 26,8 44,3 66,6 93,5 110 184 286 415 704 1120
d1 1 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16

Split pin
b 3 3,2 4 6,4 8 10 12,6 16 20 26 32
DIN EN ISO 1234 Hole dia.
H14 1,2 1) 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16

12 0,06 0,14 0,28
16 0,08 0,18 0,34 0,87
20 0,1 0,22 0,4 1,09 2,16
25 0,27 0,47 1,31 2,52 4
32 0,34 0,56 1,64 3,07 5 8,9
36 0,61 1,8 3,39 5,49 9,76
40 0,66 2 3,71 6 10,6 17,2
45 2,17 4,11 6,61 11,7 18,9 30,5
50 2,43 4,51 7,24 12,8 20,6 33,9
56 2,7 5 8 14 22,6 38
63 3,02 5,55 8,67 15,6 25 41,8
71 6,2 9,86 17,3 27,7 46,2 83,4
80 6,91 11 19,2 30,7 51,2 91,8
90 12,2 21,3 34,1 56,7 101
100 13,5 23,5 37,5 62,2 111
112 26,1 41,5 66 122 188
125 28,9 45,9 75,9 134 206
Ordering example: 140 51 84,2 148 228
ISO 1234 5 x 50 St 160 58,3 96,2 177 256
*) SMS Demag-specific determination
January 2002
Washers and retaining elements SN 487
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Screw dia.
4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30
Lock washer = nom. size
SN 778 d1 H14 4,3 5,3 6,4 8,4 10,5 13 17 21 25,6 31,6
d2 H14 7 9 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 45
s 0,5 1 1 1,2 1,5 1,5 2 2 2,5 2,5
Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces

SN 778 6 0,09 0,29 0,33 0,67 1,26 1,34 3,36 5,38 9,48 15,2
for screws M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90 M100 M110 M125 M140 M160
Washer for prestressed high-strength
screw connection d 1=
21 25 31 37 43 50 58 66 74 82 93 104 114 129 144 164
nom. size
SN 808 35 45 55 65 75 90 100 110 120 140 160 175 185 220 240 270
d2
1 2 5
d3 23 27 34 40 46 53 64 72 80 88 98 108 118 133 148 168
s 4,5 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 14 16 22
Tensile

strength min. 900 N/mm min. 700 N/mm
Rm
SN 808 21 St
26 40 80 129 209 368 520 601 751 1111 1670 1950 2090 4300 5000 6240
for screws M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Plain washer
Normal series nom. size 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
d1 4,3 5,3 6,4 8,4 10,5 13 17 21
DIN EN ISO 7089 up to M64
d2 9 10 12 16 20 24 30 37
DIN 125 above M64
s 0,8 1 1,6 1,6 2 2,5 3 3
0,308 0,443 1,02 1,83 3,57 6,27 11,3 17,2
for screws M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 -
nom. size 24 30 36 42 48 56 64 -
d1 25 31 37 45 52 62 70 -
d2 44 56 66 78 92 105 115 -
s 4 4 5 8 8 10 10 -
Ordering example:
ISO 7089 16 200HV
32,3 53,6 92,1 209 284 472 547 -
For 32
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 30
Washer, bolt dia. 33
coarse type, for bolts d 1=
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 26 29 31 34
nom. size
DIN 1441 d2 16 20 25 28 28 30 32 34 40 42 45 50
s 2 2,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5
2,16 4,3 8,43 10,3 9,16 13,3 14,4 15,5 22,8 28,5 32,8 43,5
35
For bolt dia. 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 100
36
d 1=
37 41 46 51 56 62 68 72 78 82 92 102
nom. size
d2 52 58 62 68 75 80 90 95 100 110 115 125
s 6 6 7 8 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 14
DIN 1441 19 St Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
49,4 59,2 70,6 94,7 138 142 193 237 241 298 352 451
Continued on pages 2 and 3

Page 2
SN 487 : 2002-01
for screws M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Washer,
square, wedge- d = nom. size 9 11 14 18 22 26
shaped, for
inclination 8% U-beams a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 434 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 3,8 3,8 4,9 5,9 7 8,5

DIN 434 14 St 9,57 8,85 18,2 31,4 56,9 128
for screws M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Washer,
square, wedge- d = nom. size 9 11 13,5 17,5 22 26
shaped, for
inclination 14 % I-beams a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 435 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 4,6 4,6 6,2 7,5 9,2 10,8

DIN 435 14 St 10,2 9,4 20,1 35,6 67 143
nom. size
10 12 15 16 17 18 20 22 24 25 26
Circlip (retaining ring) d1
for shafts s 1 -0,06 1,2 -0,06
Normal type
d2 9,6 11,5 14,3 15,2 16,2 17 19 21 22,9 23,9 24,9
DIN 471 perm. dev. - 0,06 - 0,11 - 0,13 - 0,21
m1) 1,1 +0,14 1,3 +0,14
n min. 0,6 0,8 1,1 1,2 1,5 1,7
0,34 0,5 0,67 0,7 0,82 1,11 1,3 1,5 1,77 1,9 1,96
nom. size
28 30 32 35 38 40 42 45 50 55 60
d1
s 1,5 -0,06 1,75 -0,06 2 -0,07
d2 26,6 28,6 30,3 33 36 37,5 39,5 42,5 47 52 57
perm. dev. - 0,21 - 0,25 - 0,3
m1) 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
n min. 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
2,92 3,31 3,54 4 5,62 6,03 6,5 7,5 10,2 11,4 12,9
nom. size
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2,5 -0,07 3 -0,08 4 -0,1
d2 62 67 72 76,5 81,5
86,5 91,5 96,5 106 111 116
perm. dev. - 0,3 - 0,35 - 0,54
m1) 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
n min. 4,5 5,3 6
18,2 22 24,6 27,3 36,4 44,5 49 53,7 82 84 86
nom. size
130 140 150 160 180 190 200 220 240 260 300
d1
s 4 -0,1 5 -0,12
d2 126 136 145 155 175 185 195 214234 252 292
perm. dev. - 0,63 - 0,72 - 0,81
m1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
n min. 6 7,5 9 12
DIN 471 40 x 1,75 - FSt Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
100 110 120 150 190 210 230 265 310 355 44
Page 3
SN 487 : 2002-01
nom. size
25 28 32 35 40 42 45 47 50 52 55
Circlip (retaining ring) d1
for bores s 1,2 -0,06 1,5 -0,06 1,75 -0,06 2 -0,07
Normal type
d2 26,2 29,4 33,7 37 42,5 44,5 47,5 49,5 53 55 58
DIN 472
perm. dev. + 0,21 + 0,25 + 0,3
m1) 1,3 +,14 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
n min. 1,8 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
1,5 1,8 2,21 3,54 4,7 5,4 6 6,1 7,3 8,2 8,3
nom. size
60 62 72 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2 0,07 2,5 -0,07 3 -0,08 4 -0,1
d2 63 65 75 83,5 88,5 93,5 98,5 103,5 114 119 124
perm. dev. + 0,30 + 0,35 + 0,54 + 0,63
m1) 2,15 +0,14 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
n min. 4,5 5,3 6

11,1 11,2 18,1 22 25,3 31 35 38 64,5 74,5 77
nom. size
130 140 145 150 160 180 200 210 240 280 300
d1
s 4 -0,1 5 -0,12
d2 134 144 149 155 165 185 205 216 246 288 308
perm. dev. + 0,63 + 0,72 + 0,81
m1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
n min. 6 7,5 9 12
DIN 472 50 x 2 FSt Weight (7,85 kg / dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces

82 87,5 93 105 110 165 195 270 345 400 435
1)
As a rule, tolerance range H13 applies to the groove width m. In case of one-side force transmission the grooves can
be widened and/or bevelled towards the force-relieved side. The width of the groove has no effect on the load bearing
capacity of the retaining-ring joint.
No guarantee can be given in respect of this translation June 2003
Mechanical fasteners SN 489

Locknuts, safety plates
Part 1
Selection from DIN
In all cases the latest German-language version
of this standard shall be taken as authoritative
Dimensions in mm
General
Before using the fasteners of Part 1 or Part 2, it has always to be checked which system is reasonable with regard to
replaceability and facilitation of installation.
Part 1: Locknuts, safety plates; selection from DIN
Part 2: Spieth locknuts; selection from Spieth catalogue
Short
d2 d3 h b t Weight
Locknut designati d1
on h13 h13 h13 JS14 H17 *) kg/pc.
DIN 981 KM 5 M25x1,5 38 32 0,025
7
KM 6 M30x1,5 45 38 5 2 0,043
KM 7 M35x1,5 52 44 8 0,053
KM 8 M40x1,5 58 50 9 0,085
KM 9 M45x1,5 65 56 10 6 2,5 0,119
KM10 M50x1,5 70 61 0,148
KM 11 M55x2 75 67 11 0,158
KM 12 M60x2 80 73 7 3 0,174
KM 13 M65x2 85 79 0,203
12
KM 14 M70x2 92 85 0,242
KM 16 M80x2 105 95 15 8 3,5 0,397
KM 17 M85x2 110 102 0,451

16
KM 18 M90x2 120 108 0,556
KM 19 M95x2 125 113 17 10 4 0,658
KM 20 M100x2 130 120 18 0,698
KM 22 M110x2 145 133 0,965

19
KM 23 M115x2 150 137 1,01
KM 24 M120x2 155 138 20 12 5 1,08
KM 25 M125x2 160 148 1,19

21
KM 26 M130x2 165 149 1,25
KM 27 M135x2 175 160 1,55

22
KM 28 M140x2 180 160 14 6 1,56
KM 30 M150x2 195 171 24 2,03
KM 32 M160x3 210 182 25 2,59

16 7
KM 34 M170x3 220 193 26 2,80
KM 36 M180x3 230 203 27 3,07

18 8
KM 38 M190x3 240 214 28 3,39
DIN 981 KM 17 - St
Applies to t up to 2 mm: 0 mm; t above 2 up to 3 mm: +0,9 mm
*) Applies only to t > 3 mm.
-0,5 0
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 489 Part 1: 2003-06
Slot For
Lockwasher Short d1 d2 d3 e f s Weight
+0,5 locknut
(safety plate) designati b3 t kg/pc. DIN 981-
on c11 js17 h13 a15 c11 min = ..
H11
DIN 5406
MB 5 25 42 32 23 3 0,006 KM 5
5 6
MB 6 30 49 38 27,5 0,008 KM 6
MB 7 35 57 44 32,5 0,010 KM 7
1,25
MB 8 40 62 50 37,5 0,012 KM 8
6 7
MB 9 45 69 56 42,5 0,015 KM 9
4
MB 10 50 74 61 47,5 0,016 KM 10
MB 11 55 81 67 52,5 0,020 KM11
MB 12 60 86 73 57,5 0,025 KM 12
8 1,5 9
MB 13 65 92 79 62,5 0,029 KM 13
MB 14 70 98 85 66,5 0,033 KM 14
MB 16 80 112 95 76,5 0,046 KM 16
MB 17 85 119 102 81,5 0,052 KM 17

10 11 5
MB 18 90 126 108 86,5 0, 062 KM 18
1,75
MB 19 95 133 113 91,5 0,067 KM19
MB 20 100 142 120 96,5 0,077 KM 20
MB 22 110 154 133 12 105,5 14 0,094 KM 22

6
MB 23 115 159 137 110,5 0,108 KM 23
MB 24 120 164 138 115 0,105 KM 24
MB 25 125 170 148 120 0,118 KM 25

14 16
MB 26 130 175 149 125 2 0,113 KM 26
7
MB 27 135 185 160 130 0,144 KM 27
MB 28 140 192 160 135 0,142 KM 28

16 18
MB 30 150 205 171 145 0,155 KM 30
MB 32 160 217 182 154 0,229 KM 32

18 20
MB 34 170 232 193 164 0,247 KM 34
2,5 8
DIN 5406 - MB 17 - St MB 36 180 242 203 174 0,268 KM 36
20 22
MB 38 190 252 214 184 0,278 KM 38
The safety plate must not be located within the clearance cut.
Provide spacer ring if necessary,

or secure using a lock nut without safety plate,
or fix using bonding agent SN 507 - Loctite 675.
No guarantee can be given in respect of this translation June 2003
Mechanical fasteners SN 489

Spieth locknuts
Part 2
Selection from Spieth catalogue
In all cases the latest German-language version
of this standard shall be taken as authoritative
Dimensions in mm
General
Before using the fasteners of Part 1 or Part 2, it has always to be checked which system is reasonable with regard to
replaceability and facilitation of installation.
Part 1: Locknuts, safety plates; selection from DIN
Part 2: Spieth locknuts; selection from Spieth catalogue
Fields of application
Locknuts of the series MSR and MSA are precision nuts whose system-specific benefits can be profitably used in every sector
of mechanical engineering. In the case of high-speed and/or dynamically loaded spindles the precision, axial rigidity and high
level of dynamic safety of the locknuts lead to optimal results of the entire bearing system.Repeated precision adjustments
can be carried out usnig the locknut on the same spindle. The locknut can simply and precisely assume the function of shaft
collar or contact surface. These locknuts can even be applied in cases in which a union is expected to comply to only the
most stringent demands.
Example of application: MSR - M24 - 1,5 - St

Series MSR
The permissible operating loads stated in the table are

guidance values calculated with a working error margin of 1.6
- under static stress relative to the minimum yield point,
- under dynamic stress relative to the minimum alternate

strength.
Subject to changes.
Special versions:
On request, upon provision of an explanatory sketch.
Short
desig- Dimensions in mm Clamping screws
nation Admissible axial
Calculation Locknut-specific operating stress Mass
factor allowance moment of
A B inertia
d2 d3 ISO MA
MSR d4 d5 h l Quantity
4762
dyn. stat.
h11 H11 Nm mm N kN kN kg cm2

16-1,5 34 4 24,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,112 3962 17 22 0,147
17-1 35 4 25,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,108 3947 19 25 0,164
18-1,5 36 4 26,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,228 3931 19 25 0,183
20-1 40 4 30,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,281 3900 22 29 0.283
20-1,5 40 4 30,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,344 3900 18 28 0,283
22-1,5 40 4 30,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,459 3869 23 32 0,270
24-1,5 42 4 32,5 4,3 18 5 M4 2,9 4 1,575 3838 25 35 0,323
25-1,5 45 5 36,5 4,3 20 6,5 M4 2,9 4 1,633 3822 33 47 0,488
26-1,5 45 5 36,5 4,3 20 6,5 M4 2,9 4 1,690 3806 34 49 0,479
28-1,5 46 5 38,5 4,3 20 6,5 M4 2,9 4 1,805 3775 36 53 0,504
30-1,5 48 5 40,5 4,3 20 6,5 M4 2,9 4 1,921 3744 38 57 0,588
32-1,5 50 5 42,5 4,3 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,037 3713 44 64 0,743
35-1,5 53 5 45,5 4,3 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,210 3666 47 66 0,914
40-1,5 58 5 50,5 4,3 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,500 3588 49 66 1,254
42-1,5 60 5 52,5 4,3 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,617 3557 49 66 1,412
45-1,5 68 6 58 4,3 22 6,5 M4 2,9 6 2,789 5265 53 84 2,494
48-1,5 68 6 59,5 4,3 25 9 M4 2,9 6 2,962 5195 70 94 2,631
50-1,5 70 6 61,5 4,3 25 9 M4 2,9 6 3,079 5148 71 94 2,909
52-1,5 72 6 63,5 4,3 25 9 M4 2,9 6 3,196 5101 72 96 3,207
55-1,5 75 6 66,5 4,3 25 9 M4 2,9 6 3,369 5031 72 96 3,690
55-2 75 6 66,5 4,3 25 9 M4 2,9 6 3,430 5031 78 96 3,690
58-1,5 82 6 72,5 5,3 26 9 M5 6 6 3,541 8077 103 161 5,811
60-1,5 84 6 74,5 5,3 26 9 M5 6 6 3,655 8001 105 163 6,317
115-2 145 8 133 6,4 36 13 M6 10 6 6,900 8370 248 329 64,164
120-2 155 8 140 6,4 36 13 M6 10 6 7,193 8100 272 408 89,668
125-2 160 8 148 6,4 36 13 M6 10 6 7,474 7830 281 412 99,722
Page 2
SN 489-2: 2003-06
The locknuts stated here are special versions and are manufactured only upon special request. The manufacture of the nut
threads in quality ISO-5 H requires the corresponding limit screw plugs (Go side and Not Go side) whose procurement will
have to be clarified in case of need.
Hook wrenches with pins for screwing on and pretightening of the locknuts are covered in DIN 1810-B up to and including a
nut outside diameter of 270 mm. Hook wrenches for bigger diameters can be obtained as special versions through specialised
dealers.
Designation of a locknut of d1 = M 260 x 3 ISO 5H
Locknut MSR 260 x 3
Short
Dimensions in mm Clamping screws
name Admissible
axial operating
stress
MSR d2 d3 d4 d5 h l e dm c a Dimensions n MAS F8
dyn. stat.
metr.
h11 H11 H11 5H Degrees ISO 4014 ISO 4017 Quantity Nm N kN kN
ISO-5H
210x3 270 232 250 208,051 0,040 0,26 338 598
220x3 282 242 260 218,051 0,039 0,25 354 626
12 44 13 27 - M8x30 8 25 132000
230x3 295 252 270 228,051 0,038 0,24 371 664
240x3 308 262 280 238,051 0,037 0,23 387 703
250x3 322 272 290 248,051 0,036 0,22 8 132000 403 752
260x3 336 282 300 258,051 0,035 0,21 419 800
12 44 13 27 - M8x30 25
270x3 350 292 310 268,051 0,034 0,20 10 165000 430 849
280x3 364 302 320 278,051 0,033 0,20 446 897
290x3 376 312 330 288,051 0,032 0,19 462 925
12 44 13 27 - M8x30 25 165000
300x3 390 322 340 298,051 0,031 0,18 479 973
10
310x4 400 337 360 307,402 0,030 0,24 579 1098
14 54 16 32 M10x40 - 49 262000
320x4 412 347 370 317,402 0,029 0,23 598 1130
330x4 424 357 380 327,402 0,028 0,22 610 1163
340x4 436 367 390 337,402 0,027 0,22 10 262000 629 1194
14 54 16 32 M10x40 - 49
350x4 450 377 400 347,402 0,026 0,21 647 1253
360x4 466 387 410 357,402 0,025 0,20 12 314400 665 1333
370x4 478 397 420 367,402 0,024 0,20 684 1366
14 54 16 32 M10x40 - 12 49 314400
380x4 490 407 430 377,402 0,023 0,19 703 1399
Series MSA
Page 3
SN 489 Part 2: 2003-06
The permissible operating loads stated in the table are guidance values calculated with a working error margin of 1.6
- under static stress relative to the minimum yield point,
- under dynamic stress relative to the minimum alternate strength.
The locknuts of series MSA with reduced contact surface and in some cases smaller outside diameters relative to the MSR
series are particularly suited for the installation of angular-contact ball bearings and cylindrical roller bearings of ISO diameter
series 9.
Special versions:
On request, upon provision of an explanatory sketch.
Short
designat Dimensions in mm Clamping screws
zul. Admissible
ion
Locknut- axial
Calculation Mass
specific operating stress
factor moment of
allowance
A inertia
d2 d3 ISO MA B
MSA d4 d5 d6 h l Quantity
4762 dyn. stat.
h11 H11 Nm mm N kN kN kg cm2
20-1 35 4 27,5 3,2 31 17 5 M3 2 5 1,281 3938 23 31 0,142
25-1,5 40 4 32,5 3,2 36 19 6,5 M3 2 5 1,633 3859 35 49 0,265
30-1,5 45 5 37,5 3,2 41 19 6,5 M3 2 5 1,921 3780 39 56 0,400
35-1,5 53 5 45,5 4,3 48 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,210 3666 47 66 0,904
40-1,5 58 5 50,5 4,3 54 22 7 M4 2,9 4 2,500 3588 50 68 1,242
45-1,5 64 6 54 4,3 59 23 7 M4 2,9 5 2,789 4388 58 78 1,888
50-1,5 69 6 59 4,3 64 24 8 M4 2,9 6 3,079 5148 63 85 2,563
55-1,5 73 6 64 4,3 69 24 8 M4 2,9 6 3,369 5031 59 79 3,001
60-1,5 78 6 69 4,3 74 24 8 M4 2,9 6 3,3655 4914 61 81 3,758

January 2002
Fitting keys, taper keys

SN 708
Selection from DIN standards
Dimensions in mm
Parallel keys as in DIN 6885
Type B1) Type D1)2) Type F3)
Surfaces for keyways
without drawing indication
(see SN 200).
Example:
functional dimension
shaft hub
Example:
Example of designation: Parallel key DIN 6885 B 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C

above 10 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440
for shaft dia. d 1
up to 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440 500
d2=d1+ 4 5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Width b1 h9 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 63 70 80 90 100
Height h h11 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Length l Determined and indicated on the basis of design
r1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Parallel key
Bevel or
perm.
curve +0,09 + 0,15 + 0,2 + 0,4 + 0,5
deviation
Thread d5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
d3 4,5 5,5 6,6 9 11 13,5 17,5 22
Countersink d4 8 10 11 15 18 20 26 33
t5 3,2 4,1 4,8 6 7,3 8,3 11,5 13,5
Material C45+C (C 45 K)
t1 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 20 20 22 25 28 31
Shaft keyseat
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width b 1 P9
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
Depth t2 1,8 2,3 2,8 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,8 4,3 4,4 4,9 5,4 5,4 6,4 7,4 8,4 9,4 10,4 11,4 12,4 12,4 14,4 15,4 17,4 19,5
Hub keyway
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width Parallel key b 1 P9 , sliding key b 1 F7 5)
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
d6 - M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Thread t3 - 6 6 6 7 6 8 9 9 11 15 13 15 12 13 13 17 18 20 20
Fastening
t4 - 10 11 11 13 12 14 16 17 19 24 22 24 21 22 22 27 28 32 32
ISO 1207 M ....x.... 4.8 DIN 7984 M ....x.... 8.8
Screw d6 x - 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 16 20 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50
To be stated separately in the bill of materials
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 708 : 2002-01
Taper key with gib head to DIN 6887

inclination
shaft
hub
Example: Example:
Example of designation: DIN 6887 - 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C
Removal of sharp edges on all sides
above 10 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440
for shaft dia. d 1
up to 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440 500
d2=d1+ 4 5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Width b1 h9 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 63 70 80 90 100
Height h h11 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Length l Determined and indicated on the basis of design
Bevel or r1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
curve perm. dev. +0,09 + 0,15 + 0,2 + 0,2 + 0,2 + 0,4 + 0,5
Key
Thread d5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

d3 4,5 5,5 6,6 9 11 13,5 17,5 22
Countersink d4 8 10 11 15 18 20 26 33
t5 3,2 4,1 4,8 6 7,3 8,3 11,5 13,5
Material C45+C (C 45 K) or St 60-1
t1 -2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 20 20 22 25 28 31
Depth
Shaft keyseat
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width for taper key b 1 D10
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
t2 1,2 1,7 2,2 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,9 3,4 3,4 3,9 4,4 4,4 5,4 6,4 7,1 8,1 9,1 10,1 11,1 11,1 13,1 14,1 16,1 18,1
Depth
Hub keyway
perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width b 1 D10
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Revision: Correction of t2 measurements under: Hub keyway Depth in the above table.
1)
When fitting keys of types B and D with hole for jack screw (s) are used, this has to be expressly stated in the order.
Example of designation: DIN 6885 BS 12 x 8 x 80 C45+C
2)
Use type D if l : b1 < 4
3)
Use type F if l : b1 > 4
4)
The keyway length depends upon the design and must be stated in the drawing.
The keyway length of the key types B, D and F is defined as the useful load-bearing length (functional dimension) without
curves.
5)
H8 for secondary applications (e.g. support strip for pillow block) without transmission of moments.
January 2002
Pin without head SN 530
Dimensions in mm derived from

DIN EN 22340
Pin without head as in SN 530
Type A (manufacturing cost FK = 116%) Type B (dimensions like types A and C)

up to d1 = 100mm dia. (FK = 221%) from d1 = 18mm dia.
rounded off
Designation of a pin, type A, as in SN 530 Designation of a pin, type B, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 1), with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 1),
length l 1 = 130 mm and l h = 110 mm in E295: length = 130 mm, l 2 = 60 mm and l 4 2) = 30 mm in E295:
Diese Kopie wird bei nderung nicht bercksichtigt!

Pin SN 530 A 40h9 x 130 x 110 E295 Pin SN 530 B 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 E295
Type C (dimensions like types A and B) Type D (dimensions like type A)

(FK = 221%) (FK = 136%) from d1 = 25mm dia.
Designation of a pin, type C, as in SN 530 Designation of a pin, type D, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and
2)
l 1 = 130 mm; l 2 = 60 mm and l 4 = 30 mm in E295: l 1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 C 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 E295 Pin SN 530 D 40h9 x 130 E295
Type E (dimensions like types A and D)

(FK = 100%)
Designation of a pin, type E, as in SN 530

with diameter d 1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 and
l 1 = 130 mm in E295:
Pin SN 530 E 40h9 x 130 E295
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 530 : 2002-01
Washer,
Split pin coarse type Axle stop plate
d 1 1) dl d2 n c g h1 t1
DIN 1441
max. DIN EN ISO 1234 DIN 15058
h9 H13 Inside dia. s
6 1,6 1,6 x 12 7 1,6
8 2 2 2 x 12 9 2
10 3,2 x 16 11 2,5
3,2
12 - - - 3,2 x 20 13 3 -
14 15 3
* 15 4 - 3 - 4 x 25 - -
16 17 3
18 3 19
5 x 32
20 5 21
22 6 16 5 x 36 23 4 20 x 5
4
24 6,3 x 36 25
* 25 6,3 x 40 26
6,3
27 0,4 28
6,3 x 45
* 28 4,5 29
30 3 8 x 45 31 5
* 32 34
33 7 4 5 19 8 x 50 34 25 x 6
* 35 0,6 37
8 6
36 37
* 38 5,5 8 x 56 - -
40 41 6
* 42 8 x 63 - -
4
45 6,5 46 7
* 48 10 x 63 - -
9 21 30 x 8
50 7 0,8 51 8
10
55 7,5 10 x 71 56
60 9 62 9
10 x 80
* 65 68
10
70 72
13 x 90 10
* 75 10,5 78
6
80 6 13 x 100 82
11 27 40 x 10
* 85 13 12 1 86
13 x 112
90 92 12
* 95 98
13 x 125
100 15 102
* 110 13 x 140
* 120 18 13 x 160
* 130 13 x 180
13 20 32 50 x 12
* 140 16 x 180
* 150
- 8 8 22 1,6 16 x 200 - -
* 160
* 170
25 16 x 224
* 180
17 38 60 x 16
* 190
28 16 x 250
* 200
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22340.
Material: E295 (St50-2); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1) When other tolerances are required, these must be stated in the designation.
2) L 4 defined according to SN 364-3, bush length b 1 2 (a + c 1).
January 2002
Pin with head SN 358
Dimensions in mm DIN EN 22341

abridged and expanded
Pin with head as in DIN EN 22341

up to d 1 = 100mm dia.
Without split-pin hole type A
round off
drill during
shop assembly

Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341
with diameter d 1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 1)
and length l 1 = 95 mm, without split pin hole, in S355J2G3:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 A 65h9 x 95 S355J2G3
With split-pin hole type B

(dimensions as for pin without split-pin hole)
d 1 h9, f7 FK = 165% (FK: manufacturing cost)
d 1 g6 FK = 234%
rounded off
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

with diameter d 1 = 65 mm, tolerance range h9 1)
length l 1 = 95 mm and distance between split-pin hole and extreme end of shank
l h = 83 mm, made of S355J2G3:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 - B 65h9 x 95 x 83 S355J2G3
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 358 : 2002-01
Washer, Split pin

d 1 1) dK dl c k r e coarse type
DIN 1441 DIN EN ISO 1234
h9 H13 max. Inside dia. s
6 10 1,6 2 7 1,6 1,6 x 12
8 14 2 2 3 1 9 2 2 x 12
10 18 0,6 11 2,5 3,2 x 16
3,2
12 20 4 13 3,2 x 20
1,6 3
14 22 15
* 15 - 4 3 - - - - - 4 x 25
16 25 4,5 0,6 17 3
1,6
18 28 19
5 5 x 32
20 30 5 21
1
22 33 5,5 2 23 4 5 x 36
24 36 6 25 6,3 x 36
* 25 - - - - 26 6,3 x 40
6,3
27 40 6 1 2 28
6,3 x 45
* 28 - - - - 29
30 44 8 1 2 31 5 8 x 45
* 32 - - - - 34
33 47 4 8 1 2 34 8 x 50
* 35 - - - - 37
8 6
36 50 8 1 2 37
* 38 - - - - - - 8 x 56
40 55 8 1 2 41 6
* 42 - - - - - - 8 x 63
45 60 9 1 2 46 7
* 48 - - - - - - 10 x 63
50 66 9 2 51 8
10
55 72 11 1 56 10 x 71
3
60 78 12 62 9
10 x 80
* 65 - - - - 68
70 90 13 1 3 72
10 13 x 90
* 75 - - - - 78
6
80 100 13 1 3 82 13 x 100
* 85 - 13 - - - 86
13 x 112
90 110 13 1 3 92 12
* 95 - - - - 98
13 x 125
100 120 13 1 3 102
* 110 13 x 140
* 120 13 x 160
* 130 13 x 180
* 140 16 x 180
* 150
- - 8 - - - - - 16 x 200
* 160
* 170
16 x 224
* 180
* 190
16 x 250
* 200
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22341.
Material: S355J2G3 (St52-3); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1) When other tolerances are required, these must be stated in the designation.
January 2002
Pin with head and lubrication hole SN 356
Dimensions in mm
Type A with spring pin

Type B without spring pin
d1 h9, f7 FK (manuf. cost) = 165%
d1 g6 FK = 234%
from d1 = 25mm dia. to 100mm dia.

)

drill during shop
assembly
rounded off
axle stop plate

DIN 15058
unmachined washer
(DIN 1441)
3)
Designation of a pin with spring pin, type A , diameter d1 = 30 mm,
with tolerance range h9 1) and length l 1 = 80 mm, l 2 = 35 mm, l 4 2) = 20 mm aus S355J2G3:
Pin SN 356 A30h9 x 80 x 35 x 20 S355J2G3
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 356: 2002-01
Spring Washer,
pin 3) coarse type Axle stop plate
d 1 1) dk dl d2 d3 c h1 h2 k l6 r t1 t2 e le h3 ISO 8752 DIN 1441 DIN 15058

with washer
h9 H13 min. DIN 1441 I.- S
max.
6 10 1,6 2 3,2 6,5 7 1,6
8 14 2 2 3 1 3,5 7,5 9 2
10 18 0,6 4,5 9,5 11 2,5
3,2
12 20 - - 4 5,5 11 13 -
1,6 3
14 22 12 15
* 15 - 4 - - 3 - - - - - - 6 - - - -
16 25 4,5 0,6 12 17 3
1,6
18 28 7 14,5 19
5
20 30 5 21
1 8 15,5
22 33 16 5 5,5 2 23 4 20 x 5
24 36 6 25
17
* 25 - - - 3 - 26
6,3 9
27 40 6 1 0,4 2 28
4 4 18 4 x 10
* 28 - - - 4 - 29
30 44 3 8 1 2 31 5
* 32 - - - - 20,5
34
33 47 5 4 19 6 8 1 6 2 5 x 12 25 x 6
* 35 - - - 0,6 -
8 10 21,5 37 6
36 50 8 1 2
5
* 38 - 6 - - 8 - - 6 x 14 - -
40 55 8 1 2 21,5 41 6
* 42 - - - - - - -
4
45 60 9 1 2 25,5 46 7
8 10 8 x 16
* 48 - - - - 12 - - -
21 7 30 x 8
50 66 9 0,8 2 26,5 51 8
10
55 72 11 1 56
3
60 78 12 6 14 29,5 62 9
* 65 - 10 - - 13 - 10 x 20 68
70 90 13 1 3 72
34 10
* 75 - - - - 78
6
80 100 6 13 1 3 82
27 8 40 x 10
* 85 - 13 - - 1 - 16 86
90 110 12 13 7 1 17 3 36 12 x 24 92 12
* 95 - - - - 98
100 120 13 1 3 102
* 110
* 120
14 8 14 x 30
* 130
32 50 x 12
* 140
* 150
- - 8 8 10 - - 1,6 20 - - - - -
* 160
* 170
16 9 16 x 30
* 180
38 60 x 16
* 190
* 200
* These are no pin diameters as in DIN EN 22340 and 22341.
Material: S355J2G3 (St52-3); preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.
1)
When other tolerances are required, these must be stated in the designation.
2)
L 4 defined according to DIN 1850-2, bush length b 1 2 (a + c 1).
3)
To be stated separately in the bill of materials.
4)
When other thread connections are required, these must be specified as follows, e.g.: G 1/4 x 12/18 11 x l 2 + 6
January 2002
Bushings for plain bearings SN 364

Part 1
made of copper alloys
Dimensions in mm DIN ISO 4379
Bushings for plain bearings as in DIN ISO 4379 abridged and expanded
Use bushings of strip metal (e.g. DU bushings) for simple-type bearings.
Dimensions and designation: Type C Type F

(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type C)
X (without Y in the designation)
1,6 25
3,2
c1 x 45
c2x45
d3
d1
d2
1,6
6,3
X (with Y in the designation)
0,2
X 6,3
c2 (variable)
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2
Designation of a bush, type C, inside dia. d1 = 20 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to mounting,

outside dia. d2 = 26 mm with ISO tolerance range s6 and width b1 = 20 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15 (Y),
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Ordering example:
Bushing ISO 4379 - C-20E9 x 26s6 x 20Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

Other materials see SN 359
Design: Permissible deviations of dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred acc. to DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c 2 of 45: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c 2 of 15: add Y in the designation.
Tolerance ranges recommended for SMS Demag:
pressed-in, shrunk-in glued in (indicate in drawing)
200 F7 E9 D10
before mounting d1
> 200 1) Vx = 15% 2) H7 H8 E9
d1 d2
after mounting H7 H8 E9
relevant shaft tolerance range f7; e9 h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
120 s6
d2 g6
> 120 r6
location hole H7 H7
Example of nom. dimension d1 > 200: (not standardised)

Given: location hole = 240 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) . bushing outside dia. d 2 = 240 r6 ( ++00,,113
084 ) .
bushing pressed-in or shrunk in.

Desired: bushing inside dia. d1 = 210 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) .
d1 0,113 210
Required: d 1 before mounting: Vx = 15% = 15% = 0,084
d2 240
This leads to a dimensions required before mounting of d 1 min. = 210+0,084 = 210,084 and
d 1 max. = 210,046+0,084 = 210,130; tolerance range: 210 E9 ( ++00,,215
100 ) .
When a suitable ISO tolerance range cannot be determined, the calculated values can be indicated as deviations
from the nominal dimension, e.g. 210 ( ++00,,113
084 ) .
Plain bearing bushings subjected to particularly heavy stresses by axial or radial forces shall be secured by setscrews or
bonding agent Loctite 675 as in SN 507. For bushes with lubricant feed and distribution for rotating bearing movement refer to
SN 364-3.

Page 2
SN 364 Part 1 : 2002-01
Weight (8,8 kg/dm3 red brass and bronze)

b1 3) Chamfer
kg per 1000 pieces
d1 d2 d3 Series b2 45 15 u Type C Type F
c1, c2 c2 for series b1
1 2 3
max. max. 1 2 3 1 2 3
6 4) 12 14 4,5 7,5 8,6
8 14 18 6 10 - 0,3 1 5,5 9,1 - - 11,7 -
10 16 20 6,5 10,8 13,7
1
12 18 22 12,4 18,7 24,9 15,7 22 28,2
14 20 25 10 14,1 21,1 28,2 18,7 25,7 32,8
15 20
15 21 27 3 14,9 22,4 29,9 20,8 26,3 35,8
16 22 28 18,9 23,6 31,5 25,1 29,8 37,7
12
18 24 30 20,9 34,8 52,3 27,6 41,5 59
20 26 32 28,6 38,2 57,2 35,8 45,4 64,4
20 30 0,5 2
22 28 34 15 31,1 41,5 62,2 38,8 49,2 69,9
1,5
(24) 30 36 33,6 44,8 67,2 41,8 53 75,4
25 32 38 55,2 82,7 110,3 66,8 94,3 121,9
(27) 34 40 59 88,5 118 71,2 100,7 130,2
28 36 42 4 70,8 106,2 141,5 83,7 119,1 154,4
20 30 40
30 38 44 75,2 112,8 150,4 88,8 126,4 164
32 40 46 79,6 119,4 159,2 93,8 133,6 173,4
(33) 42 48 93,3 140 186,6 111,9 158,6 205,2
35 45 50 165,9 221,2 276,5 182,3 237,6 292,9
(36) 46 52 50 170 226,7 283,4 190,3 247 303,7
38 48 54 178,3 237,8 297,2 199,3 258,8 318,2
30 40
40 50 58 186,6 248,8 373,2 216,4 278,6 403
5 0,8 3
42 52 60 2 194,9 259,9 389,8 225,8 290,8 420,7
45 55 63 60 207,3 276,5 414,7 239,9 309,1 447,3
48 58 66 293 366 440 327 400 474
50 60 68 50 304 380 456 339 415 491
40
55 65 73 70 332 415 581 370 453 619
60 75 83 560 840 1120 625 905 1185
60 80
65 80 88 752 902 1203 821 971 1272
70 85 95 50 803 1125 1446 896 1218 1539
70 90 7,5
75 90 100 855 1197 1540 953 1295 1638
80 95 105 1089 1451 1814 1192 1554 1917
100
85 100 110 80 1151 1534 1918 1259 1642 2026
60
90 110 120 1 4 1659 2212 3318 1817 2370 3476
95 115 125 3 1742 2903 3483 1907 3068 3648
100 120 130 120 2433 3041 3649 2605 3213 3820
100
105 125 135 80 2543 3179 3815 2722 3358 3994
110 130 140 10 2654 3317 3981 2840 3503 4167
120 140 150 3594 4313 5391 3794 4513 5591
120 150
130 150 160 100 3871 4645 5806 4085 4859 6020
140 160 170 4147 6220 7464 4375 6448 7692
150 170 180 150 180 5308 6635 7962 5549 6876 8203
160 185 200 120 7153 8942 10730 7651 9440 11228
12,5 2 5 4
170 195 210 200 7568 11352 12614 8092 11876 13138
180 210 220 180 12130 14556 20216 12575 15001 20661
150
190 220 230 250 15 12751 15302 21253 13217 15768 21719
200 230 240 180 200 16049 17832 22290 16536 18319 22777
Whenever possible, avoid sizes shown in round brackets.
1)
dimensions above 200 mm are not standardised.
2)
Explanations of the variables in the equation:
V x = biggest anticipated diameter reduction of d1 after pressing or shrinking in.
= biggest interference between location hole and bushing outside diameter d2.
d 1 = nominal inside dia. of bushing.
d 2 = nominal outside dia. of bushing = nom. dia. of location hole.
3)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here have to be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but must not exceed 1,5 x d1.
4)
Dimension applies only to bushings of type C.
September 2003
Bushings for hydraulic cylinders

with pivot trunnion SN 364
Part 2
made of copper alloys
Dimensions in mm derived from
DIN ISO 4379
The bushings of this SN 364-2 are designed only for hydraulic cylinders with pivot trunnions.
They differ from types C and F of SN 364-1 by a bigger chamfer c1.
Dimensions and designation: Type A Type B

(chamfers c1 and c2 same as type A)
25 X ( without Y in designation)
1,6
3,2
c 1 x 45
d2
c2x45
d1
d3
1,6
6,3
X ( with Y in designation)
0,2
6,3
c 2 (variable) X
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2

Designation of a bushing, type A, inside dia. d1 = 30 mm and ISO tolerance range E9 prior to mounting,
outside dia. d2 = 38 mm with ISO tolerance range s6, width b1 = 30 mm with press-in chamfer C2 of 15 (Y)
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing SN 364 - A-30E9 x 38s6 x 30Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials see SN 359
Design: Permissible deviations of dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred acc. to DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15: add Y in the designation.
Tolerance ranges recommended for SMS Demag:
pressed-in, shrunk-in glued in (indicate in drawing)
before mounting 200 F7 E9 D10

H7 H8 E9
d1 after mounting H7 H8 E9
relevant shaft tolerance range *) f8 a) , c) or e8 b) , c), d) h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
120 s6
d2 g6
> 120 r6
location hole H7 H7
*) In most cases the tolerance indications are standardised by the suppliers.
Example:
a)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 160 bar (type CDM1)
b)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 250 bar (types CDH1, CGH1) Messrs. Mannesmann Rexroth AG
c)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 250 bar (types CDH2, CGH2)
d)
Hydraulic cylinder up to 350 bar (types CDH3, CGH3)
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 2 : 2003-09
Weight (8,8 kg/dm3 for red brass and bronze)

b1 1) Chamfer
kg per 1000 pieces
d1 d2 d3 Series b2 45 15 u Type A Type B
c1 c2 c2 For series b1
1 2 3
max. max. max. 1 2 3 1 2 3
30 38 44 0,5 2 75,2 112,8 150,4 88,8 126,4 164
4
32 40 46 20 30 40 79,6 119,4 159,2 93,8 133,6 173,4
(33) 42 48 93,3 140 186,6 111,9 158,6 205,2
35 45 50 165,9 221,2 276,5 182,3 237,6 292,9
(36) 46 52 50 170 226,7 283,4 190,3 247 303,7
38 48 54 178,3 237,8 297,2 199,3 258,8 318,2
30 40 2
40 50 58 186,6 248,8 373,2 216,4 278,6 403
5 0,8 3
42 52 60 194,9 259,9 389,8 225,8 290,8 420,7
2
45 55 63 60 207,3 276,5 414,7 239,9 309,1 447,3
48 58 66 293 366 440 327 400 474
50 60 68 50 304 380 456 339 415 491
40
55 65 73 70 332 415 581 370 453 619
60 75 83 560 840 1120 625 905 1185
63 2) 78 2) 86 2) 60 80 731 877 1169 799 945 1237
65 80 88 752 902 1203 821 971 1272
50
70 85 95 7,5 803 1125 1446 896 1218 1539
70 90
75 90 100 855 1197 1540 953 1295 1638
2,5
80 95 105 1089 1451 1814 1192 1554 1917
100
85 100 110 80 1151 1534 1918 1259 1642 2026
60
90 110 120 1 4 1659 2212 3318 1817 2370 3476
95 115 125 1742 2903 3483 1907 3068 3648
3
100 120 130 120 2433 3041 3649 2605 3213 3820
100
105 125 135 80 2543 3179 3815 2722 3358 3994
110 130 140 2654 3317 3981 2840 3503 4167
10
120 140 150 3594 4313 5391 3794 4513 5591
125 2) 140 150 120 150 3733 4479 5599 3940 4686 5806
100
130 150 160 3871 4645 5806 4085 4859 6020
140 160 170 4147 6220 7464 4375 6448 7692
5
150 170 180 150 180 5308 6635 7962 5549 6876 8203
160 185 200 120 7153 8942 10730 7651 9440 11228
12,5 2 5 4
170 195 210 200 7568 11352 12614 8092 11876 13138
180 210 220 180 12130 14556 20216 12575 15001 20661
150
190 220 230 250 15 12751 15302 21253 13217 15768 21719
200 230 240 180 200 16049 17832 22290 16536 18319 22777
Whenever possible, avoid sizes shown in round brackets.
Revision of January 2003 Previous editions

Addition of bore diameter d1 = 125. 2002-01, 2003-01
1)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here have to be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but must not exceed 1,5 x d1.
2)
Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 4379.
January 2002
Bushings for plain bearings SN 364

with lubrication holes and grooves
Part 3
for rotating bearings
Dimensions in mm DIN ISO 12128 and parts of
DIN 1850-2 (of March 1969),
abridged and expanded
1 Field of application
This standard enables the assignment of types of lubricant feeders and distributors to the copper-alloy plain bearing bushings
as in DIN ISO 4379 (in part from DIN 1850-2 of March 1969); it shows that the bushing types C and F can be designed with
bores, longitudinal and ring grooves or combinations of these.
Ring grooves in conjunction with longitudinal grooves must be used only in exceptional cases (e.g. greasing
through tappet), as they heavily reduce the load bearing capacity of the plain bearings; longitudinal and ring
grooves must always be provided in the stationary section; for the types stated in section 3 below, blank
drawings of the bushing types C and F with press-in chamfers of 45 and 15 (Y) are available for in-house
manufacture.
Design recommendation:
For cost reasons it is useful in many cases to utilise bushings made of maintenance-free graphitic sliding
material or of sintered bronze (see SN 359). In this case there will be no manufacturing cost for the various
lubricant groove types A to H.
2 Types of lubricant feed and distribution

(Selection from DIN ISO 12128)
Lubrication hole Longitudinal groove Ring groove
Type L Type D Type G
round off round off
Hole d2 drilled together with locating element,

except for locating elements with ring grooves.
Indication in assembly drawing or assembly note

in bill of materials is required.
For types L, D, G Type L Type D Type G For types L, D, G

Bearing wall thickness e1 +0,2 r e2 +0,2 d1
d2 t t
s 0 0
2 2,5 5 0,8 2,5 1,8 0,8
30
> 2 2,5 3 8 1 4 2 1
> 2,5 3 4 10,5 1,2 6 2,5 1,2
> 3 4 5 14 1,6 8 3,5 1,6 > 30 100
> 4 5 6 19 2 12 4,5 2
> 5 7,5 8 28 2,5 20 7,5 2,5
> 7,5 10 10 38 3,2 28 11 3,2 > 100
> 10 12 49 4 35 14 4
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 364 Part 3 : 2002-01
3 Table of types and designations

Lubricant Lubrication holes and grooves
feeding and Quantity: 1, 2 or 3
Type Example of designation:
distribution
Type Type and arrangement
through ...
according to
DIN ISO 12128
Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, according to
Lubrication hole centric

DIN ISO 4379 or a bush for cylinder, type B, acc. to SN 364-2, each
or off-center
with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type A (A), with one lubrication
hole (1) of type L (L) at a distance of x = 10 acc. to DIN ISO 12128
A L and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Bushing ISO 4379 F-18E9x24s6x20YA1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x Bushing SN 364 B-18E9x24s6x20YA1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
for centric lubrication
hole is 1/2 x b1.
Hub
according to Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, according to

both sides and lubric. hole centric
DIN 1850-2 DIN ISO 4379 or a bush for cylinder, type B, acc. to SN 364-2, each
Longitudinal groove closed on
of March 1969 with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type B (B), with one longitudinal
a a groove (1) of type D (D) and one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L) at a
distance of x = 6 acc. to DIN ISO 1850-2 and made of
or off-center
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
D
B and Bushing ISO 4379F18E9x24s6x20YB1D1L6- CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
L Bushing SN 364B18E9x24s6x20YB1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x for centric lubrication b1 > 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100 > 100
hole is 1/2 x b1. a 3 4 6 10
according to Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type C, according to DIN ISO
DIN ISO 12128 4379 or a bushing for cylinder, type A, acc. to SN 364-2, each with a
closed on both sides
Longitudinal groove
dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type C (C), with three longitudinal

grooves (3), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
C D Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YC3D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YC3D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
according to
Tappet
diagonal sides, centric or off-centre
DIN 1850-2 Designation of a bushing for plain bearing, type F, according to

closed, and one ring groove with
Longitudinal groove, two sides
of March 1969 DIN ISO 4379 or a bush for cylinder, type B, acc. to SN 364-2, each
a a with a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type F (F), with three longitudinal
grooves (3) of type D (D) and one ring groove (1) of type G (G) at a
distance of x = 6 acc. to DIN ISO 1850-2, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
D
F and Bushing ISO 4379F18E9x24s6x20YF3D1G6-CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
G Bushing SN 364B18E9x24s6x20YF3D1G6-CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x for centric ring groove b1 > 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100 > 100
is 1/2 x b1. a 3 4 6 10
Longitud. groove, open on
side opposite to press-in
a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type G (G), with one longitudinal

groove (1), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
side
G D Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YG1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YC3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100 > 100
Front face
a 3 4 6 10
Longitudinal groove, open
a dimension of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type H (H), with one longitudinal
on press-in side
groove (1), type D (D), according to DIN ISO 12128, and made of
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
H D Bushing ISO 4379 C18E9x24s6x20YH1D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Bushing SN 364 A18E9x24s6x20YH1D CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 30 > 30 60 > 60 100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ (GZ-CuSn7ZnPb) according to DIN EN 1982 or other materials as in SN 359.
January 2002
Semi-finished products kept in stock SN 483
This printed overview of parts kept in stock is updated only when a new edition of the standards book is issued. For
this reason the marking of availability from stock given in the STOR master data is relevant.
Parts whose stockkeeping will be discontinued are not stated in this standard.
Current mat. designat. Semi-finish. A Dimensions in mm

Sec-
material number, product
tion G Weight in kg/m
(former mat. designat.) acc. to
A 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
S355J2G3 1) G 2,47 5,55 9,86 15,4 22,2 30,2 39,5 49,9 61,7 74,6 88,8
1.0570
(St 52-3) A 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Dimension 16
G 104 121 139 158 178 200 223 247 also in S235JRG2
C60+N A 100 120 200
1.0601
(C 60 N) DIN G 61,7 88,8 247
1013
42CrMo4+QT A 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
1.7225
(42 CrMo4 V) G 9,86 15,4 22,2 39,5 61,7 88,8 121 158 200 247
X20Cr13+QT800 A 50 65 100 130 160

1.0421 Strength values according to SN 359

(X20 Cr13 V-II) G 15,1 25,5 60,5 102 155
18CrNiMo7-6+FP A 140 160 180 215

1.6587 dimensions
(17 CrNiMo 6 BG) G 121 158 200 285 correspond to
DIN
the forging
S355J2G3 1) 7527-6
A 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 400 dimensions as in
1.0570 DIN 7527-6
(St 52-3) G 298 355 417 483 555 631 713 799 986
E295+C A 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 25 30 40
1.0050+C
(St 50-2K) DIN EN
G 0,154 0,222 0,395 0,617 0,888 1,58 2,47 3,55 3,85 5,55 9,86
10278
E295+SH A 50 55 70
(DIN 671)
1.0050+SH tolerance range h9
(St 50-2SH) G 15,4 18,7 30,2
X5CrNi18-10 DIN EN A 0,9 2 1,4 mm also in St galvanized
Wire 1.4301* 10218 Dimensions
G 0,006 0,025 2 mm also in D9 annealed
(X5 CrNi 18-10) (DIN 177)
A 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
S355J2G3 1) G 3,14 4,91 7,07 12,6 19,6 28,3 38,5 50,2 63,6 78,5 95
DIN
1.0570
1014 A 120 130 2) 140 2)
(St 52-3)
G 113 133 154
A 5x5 6x6 8x7 10 x 8 12 x 8 14 x 14 16 x 10 20 x 12
G 0,196 0,283 0,44 0,628 0,754 1,54 1,26 1,88
C45+C A 28 x 16 36 x 20 40 x 22 45 x 25 50 x 28 56 x 32 70 x 36 90 x 45
DIN
1.0503
6880 G 3,52 5,65 6,91 8,83 11 14,1 19,8 31,8
(C 45 K)
A 100 x 50
G 39,3
S235JRG2 A 20 x 3 30 x 3
DIN EN
1.0038
10 048 G 0,471 0,707
(RSt 37-2)
C 75 DIN EN A 0,1 x 200

1.0605 10140 G 0,157
* This material designation will be kept as search criterion in STOR.

Page 2
SN 483 : 2002-01

Section material number, product
(former mat. designat.) acc. to G Weight in kg/m, for plates in kg/m
A 30 x 6 30 x 10 30 x 20 40 x 5 40 x 8 40 x 10 40 x 15 40 x 20
G 1,41 2,36 4,71 1,57 2,51 3,14 4,71 6,28
A 40 x 25 50 x 5 50 x 8 50 x 10 50 x 15 50 x 20 50 x 25 60 x 5
G 7,85 1,96 3,14 3,93 5,89 7,85 9,81 2,36
A 60 x 8 60 x 10 60 x 12 60 x 15 60 x 20 60 x 25 60 x 30 60 x 40
G 3,77 4,71 5,65 7,07 9,42 11,8 14,1 18,8
S235JRG2 A 70 x 10 70 x 15 70 x 20 70 x 25 70 x 30 80 x 8 80 x 10 80 x 12
DIN
1.0038
1017 G 5,5 8,24 11 13,7 16,5 5,02 6,28 7,54
(RSt 37-2)
A 80 x 15 80 x 20 80 x 30 80 x 40 90 x 10 90 x 20 100 x 6 100 x 10
G 9,42 12,6 18,8 25,1 7,07 14,1 4,71 7,85
A 100 x 15 100 x 20 100 x 25 100 x 30 100 x 40 120 x 10 120 x 15 120 x 20
G 11,8 15,7 19,6 23,6 31,4 9,42 14,1 18,8
A 120 x 25 150 x 10 150 x 15 150 x 20
G 23,6 11,8 17,7 23,6
DC01+LC A 0,5 1 1,5 2
DIN EN It is recommended processing the products made of
1.0330
10131 G 3,9 7,85 11,8 15,7 steel DC01 within 6 weeks after their placing at disposal.
(St 12 03)
S235JR 3)
A 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15
1.0037
(St 37-2) G 23,6 31,4 39,3 47,1 62,8 78,5 94,2 117,8
S235JRG2 3)
A 20 25 30 40 45 50 60 70 80 150
1.0038
(RSt 37-2) DIN EN G 157 196 235,5 314 353,3 392,5 471 549,5 628 1177
10029,
class A A 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
S355J2G3 4)
G 117,8 157 196 235,5 314 392,5 471 549,5 628 720 785
1.0570
Plate (St 52-3) A 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 200 210
G 863,5 942 1040 1099 1177 1280 1334 1413 1570 1648
CuZn37-R370 A 0,1 x 400 2) 0,15 x 400 2) 0,2 x 400 0,5 x 600 1 x 1000 2 x 1000
CW508L
(CuZn 37.F37) DIN G 0,84 1,26 1,68 4,2 8,4 16,8
Cu-DHP-R240 1751
A 0,7 1 2 Panel sizes
CW024A Sheet thickness 0,5 to 2 1000 x 2000
(SF-Cu.F24) G 6,2 8,9 17,8
Sheet thickness 3 to 4 1500 x 3000
Al99,0-H12 A 1 2 Plate thickness 5 to 90 2000 x 6000
DIN EN Plate thickness 100 to 140 2000 x 4000
EN AW-1200
485 Plate thickness 150 to 210 2000 x 3000
(Al99F10) G 2,7 5,4
S235JR A T5 T8 T 10 Dimensions correspond to plate thickness without bulbs.
1.0037
Panel size 1500 x 3000
Bulb plate
(St37-2) DIN G 41,25 64,8 80,5

59220 A T5
Al
G 14,5
A 187 x 162 256 x 256 332 x 302

Cast. f. hydr.
components
EN-GJS-400-15
EN-JS 1030 -
(GGG-40)
G 247 478 732

Page 3
SN 483 : 2002-01

Section material number, product
(former mat. designat.) acc. to G Weight in kg/m
A 26,9 x 2,3 33,7 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 60,3 x 2,9 76,1 x 2,9
St 37.0 DIN G 1,4 1,99 2,55 2,93 4,11 5,24
1.0254 2448 A 88,9 x 3,2 114,3 x 3,6 139,7 x 4 168,3 x 4,5 219,1 x 6,3
G 6,76 9,83 13,4 18,2 33,1
A 6x1 8x1 8 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2,5
G 0,12 0,17 0,24 0,32 0,5 0,7 0,83
St 37.4NBK DIN A 18 x 2 20 x 2,5 20 x 3 22 x 2 25 x 3 25 x 4 28 x 2

1.0255 2391 G 0,8 1,1 1,26 1 1,65 2,1 1,28
A 30 x 4 30 x 5 35 x 2,5 38 x 3 38 x 5 38 x 6
G 2,6 3,1 2 2,6 4,06 4,74
A 6x1 8x1 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2,5 20 x 3 25 x 4
G 0,12 0,18 0,32 0,5 0,85 1,28 2,1
DIN EN ISO
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 A 30 x 5 38 x 3 38 x 6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 48,3 x 8 60,3 x 2,9
1127
1.4571 h*
(X10 CrNiMoTi 18 10) G 3,13 2,6 4,74 2,59 2,93 7,93 4,17
(DIN 2462)
A 60,3 x 10 76,1 x 2,9 76,1 x 12,5 88,9 x 3,2 88,9 x 14,2 114,3 x 3,6
G 12,6 5,24 19,9 6,86 26,6 9,98
A 25 x 25 x 3 30 x 30 x 3 40 x 40 x 4 50 x 50 x 5 50 x 50 x 7
DIN EN G 1,12 1,36 2,42 3,77 5,15
10056 A 60 x 60 x 6 60 x 60 x 8 70 x 70 x 7 80 x 80 x 8 80 x 80 x 10
equal- G 5,42 7,09 7,38 9,63 11,9
sided A 100 x 100 x 12 150 x 150 x 12
G 17,8 27,3
S235JRG2 DIN EN A 75 x 55 x 7 120 x 80 x 12 130 x 65 x 10 150 x 100 x 12 200 x 100 x 10
1.0038 10056 G 6,8 17,8 14,6 22,5 22,8
(RSt37-2)
unequal- A 200 x 100 x 12
sided G 27,3
DIN A 100 120 140 160 200

IPB
1025/2 G 20,4 26,7 33,7 42,6 61,3
DIN A 40 80 100 120 140 160 200

1026 G 4,87 8,64 10,6 13,4 16 18,8 25,3
1)
Selection of material:
Whenever possible use has to be made of the stocked semi-finished products stated in this standard or of the materials
given in the SMS Demag selection of SN 359.
The designation "St" is permitted for steel components without particular strength requirements. In this case it is at the
maker's discretion to use semi-finished products such as sheet, round material C22, E295+C (St50-2) or tubing for the
manufacture. Suitability for welding must be ensured.
When materials like St50 are indicated, the above procedure is used by analogy; the melting and treatment processes can
be freely chosen, but on condition that the tensile strength of the specified basic material is achieved. Manufacture in
E295+C (St50-2), S355J2G3 (St52-3), C35+N (C35N) is possible.
2)
Cannot be ordered according to DIN.
3)
The stocked plates in S235JR (St37-2) have not been ultrasonically tested; if necessary, such testing of parts exposed to
high dynamic loads has to be indicated in the drawings as follows: ultrasonic testing acc. to SEL 072 Table 1, Class 2, with
certificate of ultrasonic testing and certificate DIN EN 10204 -3.1.B, or plates in S355J2G3 (St52-3) must be used instead.
4)
Stocked plates in S355J2G3 (St52-3) have been ultrasonically tested acc. to SEL 072 Table 1, Class 2, with certificate of
ultrasonic testing and certificate DIN EN 10204 - 3-1.B.
January 2002
Steel structural sections

SN 805
Selection
Round-edge unequal steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.
Symbol Section dimensions Leg bores *) Bending axes Weight

in mm in mm in cm in cm3 in
L a b s r1 r2 d1 d2 w1 w2 w3 ex ey wx wy kg / m
30x 20x 3 30 20 3 4 2 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 0,99 0,502 0,621 0,292 1,12
4 30 20 4 4 2 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 1,03 0,541 0,807 0,379 1,46
40x 20x 4 40 20 4 4 2 11 4,3 22 - 12 1,47 0,48 1,42 0,393 1,77
40x 25x 4 40 25 4 4 2 11 6,4 22 - 15 1,36 0,623 1,47 0,619 1,93
45x 30x 4 45 30 4 4,5 2,25 13 8,4 25 - 17 1,48 0,74 1,91 0,91 2,25
50x 30x 5 50 30 5 5 2,5 13 8,4 30 - 17 1,73 0,741 2,86 1,11 2,96

60x 30x 5 60 30 5 5 2,5 17 8,4 35 - 17 2,17 0,684 4,07 1,14 3,36
60x 40x 5 60 40 5 6 3 17 11 35 - 22 1,96 0,972 4,25 2,02 3,76
6 60 40 6 6 3 17 11 35 - 22 2 1,01 5,03 2,38 4,46
65x 50x 5 65 50 5 6 3 21 13 35 - 30 1,99 1,25 5,14 3,19 4,35
70x 50x 6 70 50 6 7 3,5 21 13 40 - 30 2,23 1,25 7,01 3,78 5,41
75x 50x 6 75 50 6 7 3,5 23 13 35 - 30 2,44 1,21 8,01 3,81 5,65
8 75 50 8 7 3,5 23 13 35 - 30 2,52 1,29 10,4 4,95 7,39
80x 40x 6 80 40 6 7 3,5 23 11 45 - 22 2,85 0,884 8,73 2,44 5,41
8 80 40 8 7 3,5 23 11 45 - 22 2,94 0,963 11,4 3,16 7,07
80x 60x 7 80 60 7 8 4 23 17 45 - 35 2,51 1,52 10,7 6,34 7,36
100x 50x 6 100 50 6 8 4 25 13 55 - 30 3,51 1,05 13,8 3,89 6,84
8 100 50 8 8 4 25 13 55 - 30 3,6 1,13 18,2 5,08 8,97
100x 65x 7 100 65 7 10 5 25 21 55 - 35 3,23 1,51 16,6 7,53 8,77
8 100 65 8 10 5 25 21 55 - 35 3,27 1,55 18,9 8,54 9,94
10 100 65 10 10 5 25 21/17 55 - 35 3,36 1,63 23,2 10,5 12,3
100x 75x 8 100 75 8 10 5 25 23 55 - 40 3,1 1,87 19,3 11,4 10,6
10 100 75 10 10 5 25 23 55 - 40 3,19 1,95 23,8 14 13
12 100 75 12 10 5 25 23 55 - 40 3,27 2,03 28 16,5 15,4
120x 80x 8 120 80 8 11 5,5 25 23 50 80 45 3,83 1,87 27,6 13,2 12,2
10 120 80 10 11 5,5 25 23 50 80 45 3,92 1,95 34,1 16,2 15
12 120 80 12 11 5,5 25 23 50 80 45 4 2,03 40,4 19,1 17,8
125x 75x 8 125 75 8 11 5,5 25 23 50 85 40 4,14 1,68 29,6 11,6 12,2
10 125 75 10 11 5,5 25 23 50 85 40 4,23 1,76 36,5 14,3 15
12 125 75 12 11 5,5 25 23 50 85 40 4,31 1,84 43,2 16,9 17,8
135x 65x 8 135 65 8 11 5,5 25 21 55 95 35 4,78 1,34 33,4 8,75 12,2
10 135 65 10 11 5,5 25 21 55 95 35 4,88 1,42 41,3 10,8 15
150x 75x 9 150 75 9 12 6 28 23 60 105 40 5,26 1,57 46,7 13,1 15,4
10 150 75 10 12 6 28 23 60 105 40 5,31 1,61 51,6 14,5 17
12 150 75 12 12 6 28 23 60 105 40 5,4 1,69 61,3 17,1 20,2
15 150 75 15 12 6 28 23 60 105 40 5,52 1,81 75,2 21 24,8
150x 90x10 150 90 10 12 6 28 25 60 105 50 5 2,04 53,3 21 18,2
12 150 90 12 12 6 28 25 60 105 50 5,08 2,12 63,3 24,8 21,6
15 150 90 15 12 6 28 25 60 105 50 5,21 2,23 77,7 30,4 26,6
150x100x10 150 100 10 12 6 28 25 60 105 55 4,81 2,34 54,2 25,9 19
12 150 100 12 12 6 28 25 60 105 55 4,89 2,42 64,4 30,7 22,5
200x100x10 200 100 10 15 7,5 28 25 65 150 55 6,93 2,01 93,2 26,3 23
12 200 100 12 15 7,5 28 25 65 150 55 7,03 2,1 111 31,3 27,3
15 200 100 15 15 7,5 28 25 65 150 55 7,16 2,22 137 38,5 33,75
200x150x12 200 150 12 15 7,5 28 25 65 150 100 6,08 3,61 119 70,5 32
15 200 150 15 15 7,5 28 25 65 150 100 6,21 3,73 147 86,9 39,6
Page 2
SN 805 : 2002-01
Round-edge equal steel angle (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.

Y
Y
Symbol Section dimensions Leg bores *) Bending axes
Weight in
in mm in mm in cm in cm3
kg/m
a s r1 r2 d w 1 4) w2 ex=ey wx=wy
20x 20x 3 20 3 3,5 1,75 4,3 12 - 0,598 0,279 0,882
25x 25x 3 25 3 3,5 1,75 6,4 15 - 0,723 0,452 1,12
4 25 4 3,5 1,75 6,4 15 - 0,762 0,586 1,45
30x 30x 3 30 3 5 2,5 8,4 17 - 0,835 0,649 1,36
4 30 4 5 2,5 8,4 17 - 0,878 0,85 1,78
35x 35x 4 35 4 5 2,5 11 18 - 1 1,18 2,09
40x 40x 4 40 4 6 3 11 22 - 1,12 1,55 2,42
5 40 5 6 3 11 22 - 1,16 1,91 2,97
45x 45x 4,5 45 4,5 7 3,5 13 25 - 1,25 2,2 3,06
50x 50x 4 50 4 7 3,5 13 30 - 1,36 2,46 3,06
5 50 5 7 3,5 13 30 - 1,4 3,05 3,77
6 50 6 7 3,5 13 30 - 1,45 3,61 4,47
60x 60x 5 60 5 8 4 17 35 - 1,64 4,45 4,57
6 60 6 8 4 17 35 - 1,69 5,29 5,42
8 60 8 8 4 17 35 - 1,77 6,89 7,09
65x 65x 7 65 7 9 4,5 21 35 - 1,85 7,18 6,83
70x 70x 6 70 6 9 4,5 21 40 - 1,93 7,27 6,38
7 70 7 9 4,5 21 40 - 1,97 8,41 7,38
75x 75x 6 75 6 9 4,5 23 40 - 2,05 8,41 6,85
8 75 8 9 4,5 23 40 - 2,14 11 8,99
80x 80x 8 80 8 10 5 23 45 - 2,26 12,6 9,63
10 80 10 10 5 23 45 - 2,34 15,4 11,9
90x 90x 7 90 7 11 5,5 25 50 - 2,45 14,1 9,61
8 90 8 11 5,5 25 50 - 2,5 16,1 10,9
9 90 9 11 5,5 25 50 - 2,54 17,9 12,2
10 90 10 11 5,5 25 50 - 2,58 19,8 13,4
100x100x 8 100 8 12 6 25 55 - 2,74 19,9 12,2
10 100 10 12 6 25 55 - 2,82 24,6 15
12 100 12 12 6 25 55 - 2,9 29,1 17,8
120x120x10 120 10 13 6,5 25 50 80 3,31 36 18,2
12 120 12 13 6,5 25 50 80 3,4 42,7 21,6
130x130x12 130 12 14 7 25 50 90 3,64 50,4 23,6
150x150x10 150 10 16 8 28 60 105 4,03 56,9 23
12 150 12 16 8 28 60 105 4,12 67,7 27,3
15 150 15 16 8 28 60 105 4,25 83,5 33,8
160x160x15 160 15 17 8,5 28 60 115 4,49 95,6 36,2
180x180x16 180 16 18 9 28 60 135 5,02 130 43,5
18 180 18 18 9 28 60 / 65 135 5,1 145 48,6
200x200x16 200 16 18 9 28 65 150 5,52 162 48,5
18 200 18 18 9 28 65 150 5,6 181 54,3
20 200 20 18 9 28 65 150 5,68 199 59,9
24 200 24 18 9 28 65 / 70 150 5,84 235 71,1
250x250x28 250 28 18 9 28 75 200 7,24 433 104
35 250 35 18 9 28 75 200 7,5 529 128
Page 3
SN 805: 2002-01
Wide I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, IPB series as in DIN 1025-2.
Symbol Section dimensions Leg bores Bending axes

Weight in
in mm in mm in cm3
I PB h b s t r e d w1 w2 w3 wx wy
kg/m
100 100 100 6 10 12 56 13 56 - 89,9 33,5 20,4
120 120 120 6,5 11 12 74 17 66 - 144 52,9 26,7
140 140 140 7 12 12 92 21 76 - 216 78,5 33,7
160 160 160 8 13 15 104 23 86 - 311 111 42,6
180 180 180 8,5 14 15 122 25 100 - 426 151 51,2
200 200 200 9 15 18 134 25 110 - 570 200 61,3
220 220 220 9,5 16 18 152 25 120 - 736 258 71,5
240 240 240 10 17 21 164 25 96 35 938 327 83,2
260 260 260 10 17,5 24 177 25 106 40 1150 395 93
280 280 280 10,5 18 24 196 25 110 45 1380 471 103
300 300 300 11 19 27 208 28 120 45 1680 571 117
320 320 300 11,5 20,5 27 225 28 120 45 1930 616 127
340 340 300 12 21,5 27 243 28 120 45 2160 646 134
360 360 300 12,5 22,5 27 261 28 120 45 2400 676 142
400 400 300 13,5 24 27 298 28 120 45 2880 721 155
450 450 300 14 26 27 344 28 120 45 3550 781 171
500 500 300 14,5 28 27 390 28 120 45 4290 842 187
550 550 300 15 29 27 438 28 120 45 4970 872 199
600 600 300 15,5 30 27 486 28 120 45 5700 902 212
650 650 300 16 31 27 534 28 120 45 6480 932 225
Medium-flange I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, IPB series (hot rolled) as in DIN 1025-5.
Section dimensions Leg bores 3) Bending axes

Symbol
in mm in mm in cm3 Weight in
kg/m
I PE h b s t r e
d
Max. dim1) w wx wy
80 80 46 3,8 5,2 5 59 6,4 26 20 3,69 6
100 100 55 4,1 5,7 7 74 8,4 30 34,2 5,79 8,1
120 120 64 4,4 6,3 7 93 8,4 36 53 8,65 10,4
140 140 73 4,7 6,9 7 112 11 40 77,3 12,3 12,9
160 160 82 5 7,4 9 127 13 **) 44 109 16,7 15,8
180 180 91 5,3 8 9 146 13 50 146 22,2 18,8
200 200 100 5,6 8,5 12 159 13 56 194 28,5 22,4
220 220 110 5,9 9,2 12 177 17 60 252 37,3 26,2
240 240 120 6,2 9,8 15 190 17 68 324 47,3 30,7
270 270 135 6,6 10,2 15 219 21/17 72 429 62,2 36,1
300 300 150 7,1 10,7 15 248 23 80 557 80,5 42,2
330 330 160 7,5 11,5 18 271 25/23 86 713 98,5 49,1
360 360 170 8 12,7 18 298 25 90 904 123 57,1
400 400 180 8,6 13,5 21 331 28/25 96 1160 146 66,3
450 450 190 9,4 14,6 21 378 28 106 1500 176 77,6
500 500 200 10,2 16 21 426 28 110 1930 214 90,7
550 550 210 11,1 17,2 24 467 28 120 2440 254 106
600 600 220 12 19 24 514 28 120 3070 308 122
Page 4
SN 805: 2002-01
Normal U-sections as in DIN 1026-1.
Slopes of inner flanges:

up to h = 300 mm : 8%
above h = 300 mm : 5%
Section dimensions Leg bores 3) *) Bending axes

Symbol
in mm in mm in cm in cm3 Weight in
d kg/m
U h b s t=r1 c r2 e
Grt-
mae1) 2) w ey wx wy
30 x 15 30 15 4 4,5 7,5 2 12 4,3 10 0,52 1,69 0,39 1,74
30 30 33 5 7 16,5 3,5 1 8,4 20 1,31 4,26 2,68 4,27
40 x 20 40 20 5 5,5 10 2,5 18 6,4 11 0,67 3,79 0,86 2,87
40 40 35 5 7 17,5 3,5 11 8,4 20 1,33 7,05 3,08 4,87
50 x 25 50 25 5 6 12,5 3 25 8,4 16 0,81 6,73 1,48 3,86
50 50 38 5 7 19 3,5 20 11 20 1,37 10,6 3,75 5,59
60 60 30 6 6 15 3 35 8,4 18 0,91 10,5 2,16 5,07
65 65 42 5,5 7,5 21 4 33 11 25 1,42 17,7 5,07 7,09
80 80 45 6 8 22,5 4 47 13 **) 25 1,45 26,5 6,36 8,64
100 100 50 6 8,5 25 4,5 64 13 30 1,55 41,2 8,49 10,6
120 120 55 7 9 27,5 4,5 82 17/13 30 1,6 60,7 11,1 13,4
140 140 60 7 10 30 5 97 17 35 1,75 86,4 14,8 16
160 160 65 7,5 10,5 32,5 5,5 116 21/17 35 1,84 116 18,3 18,8
180 180 70 8 11 35 5,5 133 21 40 1,92 150 22,4 22
200 200 75 8,5 11,5 37,5 6 151 23/21 40 2,01 191 27 25,3
220 220 80 9 12,5 40 6,5 166 23 45 2,14 245 33,6 29,4
240 240 85 9,5 13 42,5 6,5 185 25/23 45 2,23 300 39,6 33,2
260 260 90 10 14 45 7 201 25 50 2,36 371 47,7 37,9
280 280 95 10 15 47,5 7,5 216 25 50 2,53 448 57,2 41,8
300 300 100 10 16 50 8 232 28 55 2,7 535 67,8 46,2
320 320 100 14 17,5 43 8,75 247 28 58 2,6 679 80,6 59,5
350 350 100 14 16 43 8 283 28 58 2,4 734 75 60,6
380 380 102 13,5 16 44 8 313 28 60 2,38 829 78,7 63,1
400 400 110 14 18 48 9 325 28 60 2,65 1020 102 71,8
1)
The same tracing dimensions can be used for rivets and screws having smaller diameters than the max. diameters
stated here.
2)
When two d values are stated for a section, the smaller one is used for screws for high-tensile connections as in
DIN 6914. The bigger diameter applies to the rivet.
3)
Tracing dimensions for bars and rolled steel sections as in 997.
4)
When two tracing dimensions for w1 are stated for a section, the greater one is used for screws for high-tensile
connections as in DIN 6914.
*) Values shown in italics are not standardised. They have been taken from the booklet on "Stahlbau-Profile" (steel structural
sections), 23rd edition, by Verlag Stahleisen GmbH.
)
** Here the use of standardised screws for high-tensile connections as in DIN 6914 is not possible.
Other sections:
- Narrow I-beams as in DIN 1025-1
- Wide I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBI (HE-A) as in DIN 1025-3
- Wide I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBv (HE-M) as in DIN 1025-4
- Round-edged zeds as in DIN 1027
- Round-edged T-sections as in DIN EN 10055
- Crane rails as in DIN 536-1
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10210-2
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10219-2
January 2002
Standard pipe and tube dimensions
from the pipe/tube classes of SN 901 SN 553
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Steel pipes/tubes for systems with a nominal pressure PN of 16 bar

Standard, current
Pipe outside dia. Wall thickness Pipe inside dia. Sectional area Weight
mat. designat., Technical terms
of flow
material number, of delivery
mm mm mm cm kg / m
(former mat. design.)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314
12 2 8 0,50 0,493
16 2 12 1,13 0,691
DIN 2391
18 2 14 1,54 0,789
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 St 37.4 NBK
(NBK = normalised
22 2 18 2,55 0,986 DIN 2391-2
bright-annealed
25 3 19 2,84 1,63 cold-drawn)
28 2 24 4,52 1,28
1.0255
30 4 22 3,80 2,57
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11 DIN 2448

76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24
St 37.0 DIN 1629
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83 1.0254
139,7 4 131,7 136,23 13,4
168,3 4,5 159,3 199,31 18,2
219,1 4,5 210,1 346,69 23,8 DIN 2458
273 5 263 543,25 33,0 St 37.0 DIN 1626
323,9 5,6 312,7 767,97 44,0 1.0254
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for systems with a nominal pressure PN of 16 bar
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314
12 2 8 0,50 0,493
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,832
18 2 14 1,54 0,789 DIN EN ISO 1127
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
22 2 18 2,55 0,990
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 1.4571 h *
28 2 24 4,52 1,28 Tolerance D4/T3
30 5 20 3,14 3,08 DIN 17458
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93 DIN EN ISO 1127
seamless
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11 (previous DIN 2462)
76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24
1.4571 h *
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76 Tolerance D3/T3
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83
139,7 2,6 134,5 142,08 8,79 DIN EN ISO 1127
168,3 3 162,3 206,88 12,2 welded
(previous DIN 2463)
219,1 3 213,1 356,66 16,0 DIN 17457
273 3 267 559,90 20,0 1.4571 d1 *
323,9 4 315,9 783,77 31,6 Tolerance D2/T2
Page 2
SN 553 : 2002-01
Steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 250 bar
Standard, current
of flow
material number, of delivery
mm mm mm cm kg / m
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314 DIN 2391
12 2 8 0,50 0,493
16 2 12 1,13 0,691 St 37.4 NBK
(normalised bright-
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 DIN 2391-2
annealed cold-
25 3 19 2,84 1,63 drawn)
30 4 22 3,80 2,57
38 5 28 6,16 4,07 1.0255
48,3 6,3 35,7 10,01 6,53
DIN 2448
60,3 8 44,3 15,41 10,3
76,1 10 56,1 24,72 16,3 St 52.4 DIN 1630
88,9 11 66,9 35,15 21,1 1.0581
114,3 14,2 85,9 57,95 35,0
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 250 bar
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314
12 2 8 0,50 0,493 DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,832 (previous DIN 2462)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 1.4571 h *
30 5 20 3,14 3,08 Tolerance D4/T3
DIN 17458
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95 DIN EN ISO 1127
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 (previous DIN 2462)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 1.4571 h *
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5 Tolerance D2/T2
Steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 315 bar
Standard, current
of flow
cm material number, of delivery
mm mm mm kg / m
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314
12 2 8 0,50 0,493 DIN 2391
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,832 St 37.4 NBK
(normalised bright-
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 DIN 2391-2
annealed cold-
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 drawn)
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
1.0255
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 DIN 2448
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 St 52.4 DIN 1630
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 1.0581
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
Stainless steel pipes/tubes for hydraulic systems with a nominal pressure PN of 315 bar
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,314
12 2 8 0,50 0,493 DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,832 seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 1.4571 h *
30 5 20 3,14 3,08 Tolerance D4/T3
DIN 17458
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95 DIN EN ISO 1127
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 seamless
(previous DIN 2462)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 1.4571 h *
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5 Tolerance D2/T2
January 2002
Pipe couplings
SN 456
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Selection of couplings, adapted to pipe dimensions of the pipe classes as in SN 901

Straight male stud Reducing male stud Throttle-free adjustable
Rotary couplings
couplings with U-rings couplings with U-rings rotary couplings
GUV GUR SKV SV
Welding cone SN 751 SN 877 SN 879
couplings
(AVIT)
Thread
of the
PN 1) union nut
Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d1 d2 bar d4 SN 751 GUV... Weight SN 751 GUR... d 3 Weight SN 877 SKV... Weight SN 879 SV... Weight
G 1/4A 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,09 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,18 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,16
10x1,5 M18 x 1,5
315 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,11 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,26 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,2
G 3/8A
12x2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,12 12 x 2 G 1/4A G 1/4A 0,11 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,27 12 x 2 0,35
16x2 250 16 x 2 G 1/2A 16 x 2 G 3/8A 16 x 2 G 1/2A 16 x 2
G 1/2A M24 x 1,5 0,2 G 3/8A 0,17 0,57 0,4
16x2,5 315 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A 16 x 2,5G 3/8A 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A 16 x 2,5
20x2,5 250 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A 20 x 2,5G 1/2A 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A 20 x 2,5
G 3/4A M30 x 2 0,32 G 1/2A 0,3 0,82 0,9
20x3 315 20 x 3 G 3/4A 20 x 3 G 1/2A 20 x 3 G 3/4A 20 x 3
25x3 250 25 x 3 G1 A 25 x 3 G 3/4A 25 x 3 G1 A 25 x 3
G1 A M36 x 2 0,56 G 3/4A 0,54 1,18 1,1
25x4 315 25 x 4 G1 A 25 x 4 G 3/4A 25 x 4 G1 A 25 x 4
30x4 250 30 x 4 G1 1/4A 30 x 4 G1 A 30 x 4 G1 1/4A 30 x 4
G1 1/4A M42 x 2 0,78 G1 A 0,72 1,94 1,7
30x5 315 30 x 5 G1 1/4A 30 x 5 G1 A 30 x 5 G1 1/4A 30 x 5
38x3 16 38 x 3 G1 1/2A 38 x 3 G1 1/4A 38 x 3 G1 1/2A 38 x 3
38x5 G1 1/2A 250 M52 x 2 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 1,16 38 x 5 G1 1/4A G1 1/4A 1,1 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 3,45 38 x 5 1,95
38x6 315 38 x 6 G1 1/2A 38 x 6 G1 1/4A 38 x 6 G1 1/2A 38 x 6
Straight weld-on couplings Straight couplings Equal T couplings Elbow couplings
GAV GV TV WV
SN 752
Welding cone couplings
(AVIT)
Thread
of the
PN 1) union nut
d1 bar d4 SN 752 GAV... Weight SN 752 GV... Weight SN 752 TV... Weight SN 752 WV... Weight
10 x 1,5 M 18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,08 10 x 1,5 0,14 10 x 1,5 0,22 10 x 1,5 0,15
315
12 x 2 M 20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,12 12 x 2 0,17 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,19
16 x 2 250 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2
M 24 x 1,5 0,18 0,29 0,49 0,33
16 x 2,5 315 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5 250 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5
M 30 x 2 0,3 0,47 0,74 0,51
20 x 3 315 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
25 x 3 250 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3
M 36 x 2 0,52 0,83 1,49 0,9
25 x 4 315 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4
30 x 4 250 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4
M 42 x 2 0,66 1,2 1,72 1,22
30 x 5 315 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5
38 x 3 16 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3
38 x 5 250 M 52 x 2 38 x 5 1,1 38 x 5 1,67 38 x 5 2,7 38 x 5 1,88
38 x 6 315 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6
For footnotes see page 7 Continued on pages 2 to 7

Page 2
SN 456: 2002-01
Straight bulkhead Angular bulkhead Pressure test Pressure-gauge

couplings couplings and vent couplings couplings
GSV WSV DEV MAV
SN 732 SN 753
Welding cone couplings
(AVIT)
Thread
of the
PN 1) union nut
d1 bar d4 SN 732 GSV... Weight SN 732 WSV... Weight SN 753 DEV... Weight SN 753 MAV-S.. d 3 Wght.
10 x 1,5 M18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,2 10 x 1,5 0,21 10 x 1,5 0,25 10 x 1,5 G 1/2A 0,14
315 G 1/2A
12 x 2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,27 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 G 1/2A 0,15
16 x 2 250 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 - - -
M24 x 1,5 0,4 0,44 0,38
16 x 2,5 315 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 - - -
20 x 2,5 250 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 - - -
M30 x 2 0,64 0,51 0,62
20 x 3 315 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 - - -
25 x 3 250 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 - - -
M36 x 2 1,05 0,9 0,89
25 x 4 315 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 - - -
30 x 4 250 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 - - -
M42 x 2 1,33 1,22 1,11
30 x 5 315 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 - - -
38 x 3 16 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 - - -
38 x 5 250 M52 x 2 38 x 5 2,15 38 x 5 1,88 38 x 5 1,73 - - -
38 x 6 315 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 - - -
Welding cone Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
AK Pertaining Pertaining
O-rings Pertaining continued O-rings Pertaining
SN 807
SN 807 AK ... d1 d 2 Wght. SN 430- ... pipes SN 807 AK ... d 1 d 2 Wght. SN 430- ... pipes
10 x 1,5 10 7 0,02 7,5 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 25 x 4 25 17 0,11 20,3 x 2,4 25 x 4
12 x 2 12 8 0,02 9 x 1,5 12 x 2 30 x 4 22 0,14 30 x 4
30 25,3 x 2,4
16 x 2 12 0,03 16 x 2 30 x 5 20 0,17 30 x 5
16 12 x 2
16 x 2,5 11 0,04 16 x 2,5 38 x 3 32 0,22 38 x 4
20 x 2,5 15 0,06 20 x 2,5 38 x 5 38 28 0,25 33,3 x 2,4 38 x 5
20 16,3 x 2,4
20 x 3 14 0,06 20 x 3 38 x 6 26 0,28 38 x 6
25 x 3 25 19 0,09 20,3 x 2,4 25 x 3 - - - - - -
Reducing
welding cones
ARK Pertaining Pertaining
O-rings Pertaining continued O-rings Pertaining
SN 807
SN 807 ARK ... d1 d 2 Wght. SN 430- ... pipes SN 807 ARK ... d1 d2 Wght. SN 430 ... pipes
12/10 x 1,5 0,02 9 x 1,5 30/16 x 2,5 16 11 16 x 2,5
10 7 10 x 1,5
16/10 x 1,5 0,03 30/20 x 2,5 15 0,17 20 x 2,5
12 x 2 20
16/12 x 2 12 8 0,04 12 x 2 30/20 x 3 14 25,3 x 2,4 20 x 3
20/10 x 1,5 10 7 10 x 1,5 30/25 x 3 19 25 x 3
25 0,16
20/12 x 2 12 8 0,07 12 x 2 30/25 x 4 17 25 x 4
16,3 x 2,4
20/16 x 2 12 16 x 2 38/10 x 1,5 10 7 10 x 1,5
16 0,32
20/16 x 2,5 11 0,08 16 x 2,5 38/12 x 2 12 8 12 x 2
25/10 x 1,5 10 7 0,13 10 x 1,5 38/16 x 2 12 16 x 2
16
25/12 x 2 12 8 0,15 12 x 2 38/16 x 2,5 11 16 x 2,5
0,28
25/16 x 2 12 16 x 2 38/20 x 2,5 15 20 x 2,5
16 20,3 x 2,4 20 33,4 x 2,4
25/16 x 2,5 11 0,11 16 x 2,5 38/20 x 3 14 20 x 3
25/20 x 2,5 15 20 x 2,5 38/25 x 3 19 25 x 3
20 25 0,27
25/20 x 3 14 0,12 20 x 3 38/25 x 4 17 25 x 4
30/10 x 1,5 10 7 10 x 1,5 38/30 x 4 22 30 x 4
0,22 30 0,26
30/12 x 2 12 8 25,3 x 2,4 12 x 2 38/30 x 5 20 30 x 5
30/16 x 2 16 12 0,17 16 x 2 - - - - - -

Page 3
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight male stud coupling Tapered pipe reducer

with profile packing with sealing cone
GE-R-ED RED
SN 883 SN 882
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
Thread of the
PN 1) union nut Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
O-ring
d1 bar d4 SN 883 GE ... d2 Weight SN 882 RED ... d2 Weight SN 430 -...
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 SR ED G 1/4A 0,053 - - - -
8 M 16 x 1,5 8 SR ED G 1/4A 0,062 - - - -
10 SR ED G 3/8A 0,087 - - - -
10 630 M 18 x 1,5
10 S/R 1/4 ED G 1/4A 0,073 10/ 8 S 0,078 7,5 x 1,5
8
12 SR ED G 3/8A 0,099 12/ 8 S 0,093
12 M 20 x 1,5 9 x 1,5
12 S/R 1/4 ED G 1/4A 0,093 12/10 S 10 0,107
16 SR ED G 1/2A 0,161 16/ 8 S 8
0,148
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 S/R 3/8 ED G 3/8A 0,152 16/10 S 10 12 x 2
- - - 16/12 S 12 0,155
20 SR ED G 3/4A 0,259 20/10 S 10 0,206
20 M 30 x 2 20 S/R 1/2 ED G 1/2A 0,25 20/12 S 12 0,213 16,3 x 2,4
- - - 20/16 S 16 0,259
25 SR ED G1 A 0,485 25/10 S 10 0,332
400
25 S/R 3/4 ED G 3/4A 0,461 25/12 S 12 0,334
25 M 36 x 2 20,3 x 2,4
- - - 25/16 S 16 0,373
- - - 25/20 S 20 0,436
30 SR ED G1 1/4A 0,659 30/12 S 12 0,443
30 S/R1 ED G1 A 0,6 30/16 S 16 0,487
30 M 42 x 2 25,3 x 2,4
- - - 30/20 S 20 0,536
- - - 30/25 S 25 0,673
38 SR ED G1 1/2A 0,904 38/16 S 16 0,77
38 S/R1 1/4 ED G1 1/4A 0,89 38/20 S 20 0,812
38 315 M 52 x 2 33,3 x 2,4
- - - 38/25 S 25 0,85
- - - 38/30 S 30 0,878
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 LR ED G 1/8A 0,024 - - - -
8 M 14 x 1,5 1) 8 LR ED G 1/4A 0,043 - - - -
10 M 16 x 1,5 10 LR ED G 1/4A 0,047 - - - -
315 12 LR ED G 3/8A 0,068 - - - -
12 M 18 x 1,5
12 L/R 1/4 ED G 1/4A 0,058 12/10 L 10 0,07 9 x 1,5
18 LR ED G 1/2A 0,135 18/10 L 12 0,128
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 x 1,5
18 L/R 3/8 ED G 3/8A 0,13 18/12 L 12 0,172
22 LR ED G 3/4A 0,188 22/10 L 10 0,178
22 M 30 x 2 22 L/R 1/2 ED G 1/2A 0,179 22/12 L 12 0,186 20 x 2
- - - 22/18 L 18 0,244
28 LR ED G1 A 0,27 28/10 L 10 0,299
28 L/R 3/4 ED G 3/4A 0,268 28/12 L 12 0,308
28 M 36 x 2 26 x 2
- - - 28/18 L 18 0,383
160 - - - 28/22 L 22
0,391
35 LR ED G1 1/4A 0,426 35/18 L 18
35 M 45 x 2 35 L/R1 ED G1 A 0,405 35/22 L 22 0,416 32 x 2,5
- - - 35/28 L 28 0,426
42 LR ED G1 1/2A 0,582 42/22 L 22 0,665
42 M 52 x 2 42 L/R1 1/4 ED G1 1/4A 0,57 42/28 L 28 0,68 38 x 2,5
- - - 42/35 L 35 0,695
1)
correction of the dimension

Page 4
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight bulkhead Angular bulkhead Weld-in bulkhead Weld-on pipe

couplings couplings couplings couplings
SV WSV ESV AS
SN 517 SN 789
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
Thread
of the
d1 bar d4 SN 517 SV ... Weight SN 517 WSV ... Weight SN 517 ESV ... d8 Weight SN 789 AS ... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6S 0,103 6S 0,11 6S 20 0,174 6S 11 0,039
8 M 16 x 1,5 8S 0,132 8S 0,143 8S 22 0,208 8S 13 0,053
630
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 S 0,179 10 S 0,196 10 S 25 0,268 10 S 15 0,073
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 S 0,216 12 S 0,233 12 S 28 0,324 12 S 17 0,092
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 S 0,343 16 S 0,391 16 S 35 0,584 16 S 21 0,151
20 M 30 x 2 20 S 0,569 20 S 0,612 20 S 38 0,737 20 S 26 0,241
400
25 M 36 x 2 25 S 0,922 25 S 1,048 25 S 45 1,151 25 S 31 0,438
30 M 42 x 2 30 S 1,106 30 S 1,364 30 S 50 1,348 30 S 36 0,538
38 315 M 52 x 2 38 S 1,805 38 S 2,059 38 S 60 1,97 38 S 44 0,789
6 M 12 x 1,5 6L 0,061 6L 0,072 6L 18 0,126 6L 10 0,022
8 M 14 x 1,5 8L 0,084 8L 0,095 8L 20 0,156 8L 12 0,031
10 315 M 16 x 1,5 10 L 0,109 10 L 0,12 10 L 22 0,184 10 L 14 0,042
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 L 0,136 12 L 0,153 12 L 25 0,234 12 L 16 0,054
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 L 0,334 18 L 0,374 18 L 32 0,469 18 L 22 0,13
22 M 30 x 2 22 L 0,43 22 L 0,49 22 L 36 0,572 22 L 27 0,184
28 M 36 x 2 28 L 0,566 28 L 0,679 28 L 40 0,645 28 L 32 0,265
160
35 M 45 x 2 35 L 0,858 35 L 1,041 30 L 50 1,025 35 L 40 0,386
42 M 52 x 2 42 L 1,236 42 L 1,511 42 L 60 1,475 42 L 46 0,56
Adjustable Adjustable 45 angular Adjustable
T connecting sockets connecting sockets angular connection sockets
ET EV EW
SN 884
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
Thread
of the
O-ring O-ring Oring
d1 bar d4 SN 884 ET ... Weight SN 430 - ... SN 884 EV ... Weight SN 430 - ... SN 884 EW ... Weight SN 430 - ...
6 M 14 x 1,5 6S 0,096 4 x 1,5 6S 0,064 4 x 1,5 6S 0,064 4 x 1,5
8 M 16 x 1,5 8S 0,121 6 x 1,5 8S 0,084 6 x 1,5 8S 0,084 6 x 1,5
630
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 S 0,168 7,5 x 1,5 10 S 0,115 7,5 x 1,5 10 S 0,115 7,5 x 1,5
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 S 0,208 9 x 1,5 12 S 0,142 9 x 1,5 12 S 0,142 9 x 1,5
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 S 0,377 12 x 2 16 S 0,26 12 x 2 16 S 0,26 12 x 2
20 M 30 x 2 20 S 0,575 16,3 x 2,4 20 S 0,406 16,3 x 2,4 20 S 0,406 16,3 x 2,4
400
25 M 36 x 2 25 S 1,071 20,3 x 2,4 25 S 0,747 20,3 x 2,4 25 S 0,747 20,3 x 2,4
30 M 42 x 2 30 S 1,356 25,3 x 2,4 30 S 0,957 25,3 x 2,4 30 S 0,957 25,3 x 2,4
38 315 M 52 x 2 38 S 2,06 33,3 x 2,4 38 S 1,429 33,3 x 2,4 38 S 1,429 33,3 x 2,4
6 M 12 x 1,5 6L 0,059 4 x 1,5 6L 0,043 4 x 1,5 6L 0,043 4 x 1,5
8 M 24 x 1,5 8L 0,082 6 x 1,5 8L 0,057 6 x 1,5 8L 0,057 6 x 1,5
10 315 M 16 x 1,5 10 L 0,105 7,5 x 1,5 10 L 0,073 7,5 x 1,5 10 L 0,073 7,5 x 1,5
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 L 0,139 9 x 1,5 12 L 0,1 9 x 1,5 12 L 0,1 9 x 1,5
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 L 0,342 15 x 2 18 L 0,241 15 x 2 18 L 0,241 15 x 2
22 M 30 x 2 22 L 0,453 20 x 2 22 L 0,33 20 x 2 22 L 0,33 20 x 2
28 M 36 x 2 28 L 0,659 26 x 2 28 L 0,493 26 x 2 28 L 0,493 26 x 2
160
35 M 45 x 2 35 L 0,965 32 x 2,5 35 L 0,69 32 x 2,5 35 L 0,69 32 x 2,5
42 M 52 x 2 42 L 1,464 38 x 2,5 42 L 1,081 38 x 2,5 42 L 1,081 38 x 2,5

Page 5
SN 456 : 2002-01
Straight male studs Straight male stud couplings Straight male stud couplings
with sealing cones with metric threads with NPT threads
EGE R ED GE M ED GE NPT
SN 878 SN 788
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
Thread
of the Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
PN 1) union nut
d1 bar d4 SN 878 EGE ... d2 Weight SN 788 GE ... d2 Weight SN 788 GE ... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 SR ED 0,053 6 SM ED M 12 x 1,5 0,048 6 S / 1/4 NPT 0,056
G 1/4A 1/4 18 NPT
630
G 3/8A 3/8 18 NPT
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 SR ED G 1/2A 0,17 16 SM ED M 22 x 1,5 0,167 16 S / 1/2 NPT 1/2 14 NPT 0,168
20 M 30 x 2 20 SR ED G 3/4A 0,273 20 SM ED M 27 x 2 0,264 20 S / 3/4 NPT 3/4 14 NPT 0,263
400
25 M 36 x 2 25 SR ED G1 A 0,493 25 SM ED M 33 x 2 0,479 25 S / 1 NPT 1 11,5 NPT 0,493
30 M 42 x 2 30 SR ED G1 1/4A 0,691 30 SM ED M 42 x 2 0,66 30 S / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 11,5 NPT 0,635
38 315 M 52 x 2 38 SR ED G1 1/2A 0,934 38 SM ED M 48 x 2 0,93 38 S / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 11,5 NPT 0,932
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 LR ED G 1/8A 0,027 6 LM ED M 10 x 1 0,025 6 L / 1/8 NPT 1/8 27 NPT 0,024
8 M 14 x 1,5 8 LR ED G 1/4A 0,026 8 LM ED M 12 x 1,5 0,039 8 L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 18 NPT 0,042
10 315 M 16 x 1,5 10 LR ED G 1/4A 0,054 10 LM ED M 14 x 1,5 0,05 10 L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 18 NPT 0,047
22 M 30 x 2 22 LR ED G 3/4A 0,2 22 LM ED M 26 x 1,5 0,192 22 L / 3/4 NPT 3/4 14 NPT 0,197
28 M 36 x 2 28 LR ED G1 A 0,289 28 LM ED M 33 x 2 0,267 28 L / 1 NPT 1 11,5 NPT 0,376
160
35 M 45 x 2 35 LR ED G1 1/4A 0,5 35 LM ED M 42 x 2 0,437 35 L / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 11,5 NPT 0,456
42 M 52 x 2 42 LR ED G1 1/2A 0,718 42 LM ED M 48 x 2 0,595 42 L / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 11,5 NPT 0,616
Adjustable angular
Straight couplings Angular pipe couplings Equal T couplings
male stud couplings
G W T WH
SN 832 SN 865
Pipe couplings
(ERMETO)
Thread
of the
PN 1)
d1 bar d4 SN 832 G... Weight SN 832 W... Weight SN 832 T... Weight bar SN 865 WH... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6S 0,064 6S 0,09 6S 0,124 6 SR KDS 0,127
G 1/4 A
8 M 16 x 1,5 8S 0,081 8S 0,118 8S 0,131 8 SR KDS 0,13
630 400
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 S 0,111 10 S 0,164 10 S 0,185 10 SR KDS 0,221
G 3/8 A
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 S 0,135 12 S 0,212 12 S 0,223 12 SR KDS 0,228
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 S 0,231 16 S 0,28 16 S 0,404 16 SR KDS G 1/2 A 0,389
315
20 M 30 x 2 20 S 0,371 20 S 0,422 20 S 0,6 20 SR KDS G 3/4 A 0,701
400
25 M 36 x 2 25 S 0,681 25 S 0,788 25 S 1,112 250 25 SR KDS G1 A 1,288
30 M 42 x 2 30 S 0,805 30 S 1,021 30 S 1,399 30 SR KDS G1 1/4 A 1,797
160
38 315 M 52 x 2 38 S 1,267 38 S 1,59 38 S 2,168 38 SR KDS G1 1/2 A 2,656
6 M 12 x 1,5 6L 0,035 6L 0,052 6L 0,072 6 LR KDS G 1/8 A 0,064
8 M 14 x 1,5 8L 0,051 8L 0,077 8L 0,104 8 LR KDS 0,118
G 1/4 A
10 315 M 16 x 1,5 10 L 0,065 10 L 0,1 10 L 0,105 315 10 LR KDS 0,124
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 L 0,086 12 L 0,136 12 L 0,14 12 LR KDS G 3/8 A1) 0,21
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 L 0,202 18 L 0,249 18 L 0,356 18 LR KDS G 1/2 A 0,387
22 M 30 x 2 22 L 0,269 22 L 0,33 22 L 0,462 22 LR KDS G 3/4 A 0,666
28 M 36 x 2 28 L 0,333 28 L 0,454 28 L 0,61 28 LR KDS G1 A 1,133
160 160
35 M 45 x 2 35 L 0,523 30 L 0,71 35 L 0,953 35 LR KDS G1 1/4 A 1,656
42 M 52 x 2 42 L 0,775 42 L 1,088 42 L 1,41 42 LR KDS G1 1/2 A 2,434
1)
correction of the dimension
Page 6
SN 456 : 2002-01
Socket-type pipe reducers for high and low-pressure lines Plug cones
RI VK
SN 455 SN 591 SN 811
Screwed plug > female thread Screwed plug < female thread
PN PN PN
bar SN 455 RI ... d1 d2 Weight bar SN 591 RI ... d1 d2 Weight bar SN 811-VK... d l Weight
1/4 ED x 1/8 G 1/4A 0,038 1/8 ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,039 6 6 0,008
G 1/8A G 1/8A 25
3/8 ED x 1/8 0,039 1/8 ED x 3/8 0,063 8 8 0,012
G 3/8A G 3/8A 630
630 3/8 ED x 1/4 0,068 1/4 ED x 3/8 0,067 10 10 18 0,014
G 1/4A 630
1/2 ED x 1/4 0,056 1/4 ED x 1/2 G 1/4A G 1/2A 0,116 12 12 19 0,02
G 1/2A
1/2 ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,091 1/4 ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,17 16 16 20 0,034
3/4 ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,103 3/8 ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,125 20 20 22 0,061
G 3/8A 400
3/4 ED x 3/8 G 3/4A G 3/8A 0,087 3/8 ED x 3/4 0,183 25 25 24 0,1
G 3/4A
3/4 ED x 1/2 0,143 1/2 ED x 3/4 0,182 30 30 26 0,153
G 1/2A
1 ED x 1/2 0,195 1/2 ED x 1 G 1/2A G1 A 0,221 315 38 38 28 0,256
400
1 ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,179 1/2 ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,482 315 18 18 21 0,047
400 G1 A
1 ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,157 3/4 ED x 1 G1 A 0,235 22 22 23 0,075
1 ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,268 3/4 ED x 1 1/4 G 3/4A G1 1/4A 0,481 28 28 25 0,13
160
1 1/4 ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,308 315 3/4 ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/2A 0,56 35 35 27 0,216
1 1/4 ED x 3/4 G1 1/4A G 3/4A 0,266 400 1 ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,503 42 42 29 0,33
G1 A
1 1/4 ED x 1 G1 A 0,458 1 ED x 1 1/2 0,585 - - - - -
315 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,47 1 1/4 ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/4A 0,616 - - - - -
1 1/2 ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,402 - - - - - - - - - -
315 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 ED x 1 G1 A 0,337 - - - - - - - - - -
1 1/2 ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,542 - - - - - - - - - -
250 2 ED x 1 1/2 G2 A G1 1/2A 0,99 - - - - - - - - - -
Straight intermediate socket
Double nipples Cutting rings
with sealing cone
DU B GZ
SN 718 DIN 3861 SN 880
d

Thread of
PN PN PN the union nut
bar SN 718 DU ... i l SW Weight bar DIN 3861B... d Weight bar SN 880GZ ... d1 d4 L1 L 2 Weight
G 1/4 A 19 0,055 S 6 6 10 S 10 M 18 x 1,5 35 33 0,074
12 40 0,002 630
G 3/8 A 22 0,076 S 8 8 12 S 12 M 20 x 1,5 38 36 0,095
630
G 1/2 A 14 50 27 0,145 S 10 10 16 S 16 M 24 x 1,5 42 39 0,172
0,003
400 G 3/4 A 16 55 32 0,255 S 12 12 20 S 20 M 30 x 2 48 44 0,261
400
G1 A 18 60 41 0,4 S 16 16 0,006 25 S 25 M 36 x 2 53 46 0,477
G 1 1/4 A 20 65 50 0,52 400 S 20 20 0,011 30 S 30 M 42 x 2 62 0,605
52
G 1 1/2 A 22 70 55 0,765 S 25 25 0,013 315 38 S 38 M 52 x 2 67 0,826
- - - - - - S 30 30 0,018 10 L 10 M 16 x 1,5 0,053
250 34 33
- - - - - - S 38 38,3 0,022 315 12 L 12 M 18 x 1,5 0,071
- - - - - - L 18 18 0,006 18 L 18 M 26 x 1,5 38 36 0,165
160
- - - - - - L 22 22 0,007 22 L 22 M 30 x 2 44 42 0,243
- - - - - - L 28 28 0,009 28 L 28 M 36 x 2 48 46 0,319
160
- - - - - - 100 L 35 35,3 0,019 35 L 35 M 45 x 2 52 48 0,449
- - - - - - L 42 42,3 0,022 42 L 42 M 52 x 2 57 52 0,737
Page 7
SN 456: 2002-01
Double nipples Sockets Pipe couplings type K

for low pressure (PN 40 bar) for low pressure (PN 40 bar) for low pressure (PN 40 bar)
K
DIN 2990 DIN 2986 DIN 2993

l l
DIN 2990 ... l SW Weight DIN 2986 ... d l Weight DIN 2993 K ... d St 1.4571 m SW Weight
1/4 24 14 0,02 1/4 18,5 25 0,03 1/4 17,5 40 38 15 27 0,08
3/8 28 19 0,04 3/8 21,3 26 0,04 3/8 21,5 46 41 16 32 0,11
1/2 34 22 0,06 1/2 26,4 34 0,07 1/2 27 54 46 18 41 0,23
3/4 40 30 0,09 3/4 31,8 36 0,12 3/4 33,5 60 50 20 50 0,36
1 46 36 0,16 1 39,5 43 0,17 1 40,5 66 56 22 55 0,60
1 1/4 52 46 0,27 1 1/4 48,3 0,25 1 1/4 50 72 62 24 70 0,80
48
1 1/2 54 50 0,36 1 1/2 54,5 0,34 1 1/2 57 81 64 25 75 1,10
2 62 65 0,45 2 66,3 56 0,46 2 70 91 69 27 90 1,35
2 1/2 70 80 0,85 2 1/2 82 65 0,78 2 1/2 86 102 75 30 110 2,10
3 78 90 1,22 3 95 71 1,13 3 100 107 83 31 130 3,25
Weld-on pipe couplings with sealing cones Shut-off valve
for low pressure (PN 75 bar) for low pressure (PN 10 bar)
K V
SN 862 SN 555
with valve open
SW

SW
SN 862 K ... d1 l SW Weight SN 555 V ... d h l Hexagon Octagon Weight
17,2 x 2 17,2 x 2 40 27 0,075 6 G 1/4 55 50 18 - 0,12
21,3 x 2 21,3 x 2 48 32 0,106 10 G 3/8 21 - 0,2
65 65
26,9 x 2,3 26,9 x 2,3 55 41 0,185 16 G 1/2 27 - 0,24
33,7 x 2,6 33,7 x 2,6 62 50 0,315 20 G 3/4 75 75 32 - 0,36
42,4 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 68 60 0,42 25 G 1 95 90 41 - 0,65
48,3 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 75 70 0,75 32 G 1 1/4 115 110 - 50 1,04
60,3 x 2,9 60,3 x 2,9 80 85 0,91 40 G 1 1/2 130 120 - 55 1,38
76,1 x 2,9 76,1 x 2,9 90 100 1,4 50 G 2 145 150 - 70 2,32
88,9 x 3,2 88,9 x 3,2 100 120 2,32 - - - - - - -
1)
PN refers to the permissible nominal pressure of the complete coupling.
January 2002
Flanges Welding fittings

SN 836
Selection
Dimensions in mm
SAE flanges with welding collars as in SN 532

LA LB
A A
Inside dia
Inside dia
Ouside dia
Outside dia
T
T
Flange connection, type A Flange-type coupling, type B
3000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)

Screw Nut O-ring
Pipe connection
PN ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
Outside Inside
Type A Type B
max. max. max. 8 NBR
A 1/2-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
20 14 17,5 38,1 30 60 24,3 M 8x25 M 8x40 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
A 3/4-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St

30 20 22,3 47,6 35 70 32,2 M 10x40 24,99x3,53
B 3/4-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St
250 M 10x30
A 1 -3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
38 28 26,2 52,4 40 80 38,5 M 10 32,92x3,53
B 1 -3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
M 10x45
A 1 1/4-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
42,4 33 30,2 58,7 45 90 43,7 M 10x35 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
A 1 1/2-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
48,3 42 35,7 69,9 50 100 50,8 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
200 M 12x35 M 12x50
A 2 -3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
60,3 52 42,9 77,8 60 120 62,8 M 12 56,74x3,53
B 2 -3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
A 2 1/2-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
160 76,1 65 50,8 88,9 70 140 74,9 M 12x40 M 12x60 69,44x3,53
B 2 1/2-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
A 3 -3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
100 88,9 81 61,9 106,4 80 160 90,9 M 16x45 M 16x70 85,32x3,53
B 3 -3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
A 4 -3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
114,3 106 77,8 130,2 80 160 115,0 M 16 110,72x3,53
B 4 -3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
25 M 16x50 M 16x80
A 5 -3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
139,7 132 92,1 152,4 80 160 140,5 136,12x3,53
B 5 -3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
6000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)
Screw Nut O-Ring
Pipe connection
PN ISO 4762 - ... - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
Outside Inside
Type A Type B
max. max. max. 8 NBR
A 1/2-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
20 14 18,2 40,5 40 80 24,6 M 8x 30 M 8x 45 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
A 3/4-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
30 20 23,8 50,8 45 90 32,5 M 10x 35 M 10x 50 M 10 24,99x3,53
B 3/4-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
A 1 -6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
38 28 27,8 57,2 50 100 38,8 M 12x 40 M 12x 65 M 12 32,92x3,53
B 1 -6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
400
A 1 1/4-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
42,4 33 31,8 66,7 55 110 44,5 M 14x 45 M 14x 70 M 14 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
A 1 1/2-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
48,3 42 36,5 79,4 60 120 51,6 M 16x 50 M 16x 80 M 16 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
A 2 -6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
60,3 52 44,5 96,8 70 140 67,6 M 20x 60 M 20x100 M 20 56,74x3,53
B 2 -6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
A 2 1/2-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
88,9 65 58,7 123,8 75 150 89,5 M 24x 80 M 24x120 M 24 85,32x3,53
B 2 1/2-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
320
A 3 -6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
114,3 81 71,4 152,4 80 160 114,5 M 30x100 M 30x140 M 30 110,72x3,53
B 3 -6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
1)
Other pipe sizes and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standard taking into account
the pipe sizes and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
Page 2
SN 836: 2002-01
Flanges for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar
Welding neck flange PN 16 Weight

DN d1 b h s D k DIN 2633...
DIN 2633 kg/unit
32 42,4 40 140 100 C 32 / 42,4 x 2,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 1,69
16 2,6
40 48,3 42 150 110 C 40 / 48,3 x 2,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 1,86
50 60,3 165 125 C 50 / 60,3 x 2,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 2,53
18 45 2,9
65 76,1 185 145 C 65 / 76,1 x 2,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 3,06
80 88,9 50 3,2 200 160 C 80 / 88,9 x 3,2 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 3,7
20
100 114,3 52 3,6 220 180 C 100 / 114,3 x 3,6 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 4,62
125 139,7 4,0 250 210 C 125 / 139,7 x 4,0 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 6,3
22 55
150 168,3 4,5 285 240 C 150 / 168,3 x 4,5 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 7,75
200 219,1 24 62 5,9 340 295 C 200 / 219,1 x 5,9 S235JRG2 (RSt 37-2) 11
Blind flange PN 16 Weight
DN b D k DIN 2527...
DIN 2527 kg/unit
32 140 100 B 32 PN 16 42,4 S235JR (St 37-2) 1,8
16
40 150 110 B 40 PN 16 48,3 S235JR (St 37-2) 2,09
50 165 125 B 50 PN 16 60,3 S235JR (St 37-2) 2,88
18
65 185 145 B 65 PN 16 76,1 S235JR (St 37-2) 3,7
80 200 160 B 80 PN 16 88,9 S235JR (St 37-2) 4,83
20
100 220 180 B 100 PN 16 114,3 S235JR (St 37-2) 5,75
125 250 210 B 125 PN 16 139,7 S235JR (St 37-2) 8,59
22
150 285 240 B 150 PN 16 168,3 S235JR (St 37-2) 10,6
200 24 340 295 B 200 PN 16 219,1 S235JR (St 37-2) 16,5
Pertaining screws/bolts, nuts and seals to be specified separately
Screw/bolts Nut Seals

ISO 4032 SN 922
DN for flange
Material:
Quantity
8-galvanised NBR/
connection coupling Metal insert
32 32 PN 40-4 flange
M 16 x 40
connection
40 40 PN 40-4
4 M 16 x 60
50 ISO 4017
50 PN 40-5
8.8-
65 M 16 x 45 M 16 65 PN 40-5
ISO 4017 galvanised
80 80 PN 40-5
8.8-
galvanised
100 M 16 x 70 100 PN 16-6 flange
8 M 16 x 50 coupling
125 125 PN 16-6
ISO 4014
150 M 20 x 50 150 PN 16-7
8.8-
M 20 x 80 galvanised M 20
200 12 M 20 x 55 200 PN 16-7
Arrangement of the bolt holes acc. to DIN 2501
Every flange is provided with a number of bolt holes which is divisible by four. In the case of pipelines and fittings, the bolt
holes must be arranged symmetrically to the two main axes in such a way that they do not lie on these axes.
Page 3
SN 836: 2002-01
Butt welding fittings for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar

Welding elbow 2) Weight
DN d1 s r DIN 2605-...
DIN 2605-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 48 90 - 3- 42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,19
2,6
40 48,3 57 90 - 3- 48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,26
50 60,3 76 90 - 3- 60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0 0,49
2,9
65 76,1 95 90 - 3- 76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0 0,79
80 88,9 3,2 114 90 - 3- 88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0 1,22
100 114,3 3,6 152 90 - 3- 114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0 2,35
125 139,7 4,0 190 90 - 3- 139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0 4,01
150 168,3 4,5 229 90 - 3- 168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0 6,52
200 219,1 4,5 305 90 - 3- 219,1 x 4,5 St 37.0 15,8
T-piece Weight
DN d1 s a b DIN 2615-...
DIN 2615-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,69
50 60,3 64 64 60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 76 76 76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0 1,68
80 88,9 3,2 86 86 88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 105 105 114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0 4
125 139,7 4,0 124 124 139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0 6,9
150 168,3 4,5 143 143 168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0 10,7
200 219,1 4,5 178 178 219,1 x 4,5 St 37.0 18,3
Reducing tee Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 a b DIN 2615-...
DIN 2615-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 33,7 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 33,7 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,69
50 60,3 48,3 64 60 60,3 x 2,9 48,3 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 76 70 76,1 x 2,9 60,3 x 2,9 - St 37.0 1,68
2,9
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 86 83 88,9 x 3,2 76,1 x 2,9 - St 37.0 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 105 98 114,3 x 3,6 88,9 x 3,2 - St 37.0 4
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 124 117 139,7 x 4,0 114,3 x 3,6 - St 37.0 6,9
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 143 137 168,3 x 4,5 139,7 x 4,0 - St 37.0 10,7
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 178 168 219,1 x 4,5 168,3 x 4,5 - St 37.0 18,3
Pipe reducer Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 l DIN 2616-...
DIN 2616-2 kg/unit
Type K 32 42,4 33,7 50 K 42,4 x 2,6 33,7 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,15
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 64 K 48,3 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,18
50 60,3 48,3 76 K 60,3 x 2,9 48,3 x 2,6 - St 37.0 0,3
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 K 76,1 x 2,9 60,3 x 2,9 - St 37.0 0,4
2,9 90
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 K 88,9 x 3,2 76,1 x 2,9 - St 37.0 0,56
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 100 K114,3 x 3,6 88,9 x 3,2 - St 37.0 0,95
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 127 K139,7 x 4,0 114,3 x 3,6 - St 37.0 1,6
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 140 K168,3 x 4,5 139,7 x 4,0 - St 37.0 2,5
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 152 K219,1 x 4,5 168,3 x 4,5 - St 37.0 4,3
Cap Weight
DN d1 s h DIN 2617-...
DIN 2617 kg/unit
32 42,4 42,4 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,13
2,6
40 48,3 48,3 x 2,6 St 37.0 0,2
38
50 60,3 60,3 x 2,9 St 37.0 0,28
2,9
65 76,1 76,1 x 2,9 St 37.0 0,34
80 88,9 3,2 51 88,9 x 3,2 St 37.0 0,53
100 114,3 3,6 64 114,3 x 3,6 St 37.0 1
125 139,7 4,0 76 139,7 x 4,0 St 37.0 1,7
150 168,3 4,5 89 168,3 x 4,5 St 37.0 2,65
200 torospherical dished ends acc. to 28011
Other wall thicknesses and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standards taking into
account the wall thicknesses and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
2)
For cost-effective manufacture of pipelines, the bending of pipes has to be preferred to the welding-in of elbows,
see SN 740.
January 2002
Pipe fasteners
SN 837
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Pipe fasteners for low-pressure lines
Pipe clamps Spacers Pipe clamps Spacers
DIN 1592 SN 428 DIN 1593 SN 428
Pipe
outside
dia.
Pertaining Pertaining
Designation Weight screws Designation Weight Designation Weight screws Designation Weight
DIN 1592 -...- ISO 4017 - ... - SN 428 -...- DIN 1593-...- ISO 4017 - ... - SN 428 - ... -
St kg/unit 8.8 St kg/unit St kg/unit 8.8 St kg/unit
6 7 0,007 A 7 0,063 7 0,011 B 7 0,098
8 9 0,011 A 9 0,077 9 0,018 B 9 0,107
M 6 x 12
10
13 1) 0,014 A 13 0,092 13 0,020 M 6 x 12 B 13 0,117
12
16
19 0,040 M 10 x 16 A 19 0,156 19 0,025 B 19 0,138
18
20
21,3 23 0,094 A 23 0,302 23 0,057 B 23 0,223

22
25 26 0,105 A 26 0,312 26 0,061 B 26 0,229
26,9 M 10 x 16
28,5 0,108 M 12 x 20 A 28,5 0,326 28,5 0,066 B 28,5
28 0,247
30 31 0,119 A 31 0,34 31 0,069 B 31
33,7
36 0,176 A 36 0,606 36 0,166 B 36 0,473
35
38 39 0,185 A 39 0,637 39 0,174 B 39 0,492
42,4 43 0,208 A 43 0,707 43 0,187 B 43 0,529
M 12 x 20
48,3 49 0,378 M 16 x 25 A 49 0,825 49 0,200 B 49 0,539
60,3 61 0,456 A 61 0,903 61 0,333 B 61 1,071
76,1 - - - - - 77 0,405 B 77 1,304
88,9 - - - - - 91 0,764 M 16 x 25 B 91 1,476
114,3 - - - - - 115 0,930 B 115 1,696
139,7 - - - - - 142 2) 2,260 M 20 x 35 B 142 5,077
168,3 - - - - - 171 2) 2,620 M 20 x 40 B 171 5,642
Steel straps Pipe clamps

DIN 3570 SN 432
Pipe Designation Weight Pertaining nuts Pipe Designation Pertaining screws

outside DIN 3570 - ... - ISO 4032 - ... - outside SN 432 - ... - Weight DIN 7513 - ... -
St-galvanised kg/unit 8 St kg/unit C15 galvanised
25,0 2x 6 0,013
A 30 0,094
26,9 3x 6 0,014
30,0 6 4x 6 0,015
A 38 0,105
33,7 M 10 5x 6 0,017
38,0 6x 6 0,018
A 46 0,12
42,4 2x 8 0,014
48,3 A 52 0,129 3x 8 0,016
60,3 A 64 0,222 8 4x 8 0,018 BE M 6 x 12
76,1 A 82 0,259 M 12 5x 8 0,02
88,9 A 94 0,288 6x 8 0,021
114,3 A 120 0,64 2 x 10 0,016
139,7 A 148 0,727 M 16 3 x 10 0,018
168,3 A 176 0,834 10 4 x 10 0,021
219,1 A 228 1,698 M 20 5 x 10 0,023
- - - - 6 x 10 0,025
For footnotes see page 2 Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 837: 2002-01
Pipe fasteners for high-pressure lines
Pipe holders
SN 734
Base clamps Set-up clamps
Pipe
outside
diameter
Weight Weight
Designation Designation
kg/unit kg/unit
PP / PA AL SN 734 - ... PP / PA AL SN 734 - ...
10 SPAL 3010 3) DPAL AS 3010 3) SIP AF
0,4 0,2
16 0,33 SPAL 3016 3) DPAL AS 0,13 3016 3) SIP AF
17,2 0,39 SPAL 3017,2 3) DPAL AS 0,19 3017,2 3) SIP AF
20 SPAL 4020 3) DPAL AS 0,2 0,31 4020 3) SIP AF
21,3 SPAL 4021,3 3) DPAL AS 4021,3 3) SIP AF
22 SPAL 4022 3) DPAL AS 0,19 4022 3) SIP AF
0,42 0,53
26,9 SPAL 4026,9 3) DPAL AS 4026,9 3) SIP AF
0,18
33,7 0,51 0,68 SPAL 5033,7 3) DPAL AS 5033,7 3) SIP AF
0,23 0,45
38 0,5 0,66 SPAL 5038 3) DPAL AS 0,21 5038 3) SIP AF
42,4 1,29 1,75 SPAL 6042 3) DPAL AS 0,95 1,6 6042 3) SIP AF
48,3 1,28 1,7 SPAL 6048,3 3) DPAL AS 0,93 1,55 6048,3 3) SIP AF
88,9 2,35 3,26 SPAL 7088,9 3) DPAL AS 1,85 3 7088,9 3) SIP AF
114,3 5,87 8,34 SPAL 8114 3) DPAL AS 4,75 8 8114 3) SIP AF
139,7 8,75 12,4 SPAL 9140 3) DPAL AS 7,5 12 9140 3) SIP AF
168,3 8,31 11,9 SPAL 9168 3) DPAL AS 7 11 9168 3) SIP AF
219,1 23,2 28,5 SPAL 10219 3) DPAL AS 17 26,5 10219 3) SIP AF
1)
This pipe clamp has to be specified according to DIN 1596.
2)
This pipe clamp has to be specified according to SN 589.
3)
The material of the clamping element (PP, PA, AL) must be inserted in the supplier's designation.
High- and low-pressure
Selection
Dimensions in mm
High-pressure
Complete hoselines 5) Component parts for complete hoseline
SN 756 according to SN 756
with hose fittings for from DN 6 to DN 32
Welding cone couplings Solderless pipe couplings Hoses

from DN 6 to DN 32 from DN 6 to DN 8 SN 757
Type A Type B
Operating
pressure
bar
Smallest
dyna- Nominal Weight Nominal Weight Nominal bending Weight
DN mic static size d4 kg / m size d3 kg / m size d1 d3 radius kg / m
HB 6 x l 6 0,45
6 400 600 HA 6 x l M 18 x 1,5 0,53 HB 6 x l 8 0,45 H 6xl 6,4 15 100 0,35
HB 6 x l 10 0,47
8 350 560 HA 8 x l M 20 x 1,5 0,6 HB 8 x l 12 0,54 H 8xl 7,9 16,6 115 0,4
12 415 660 4 HA 12 x l M 24 x 1,5 1,19 - - - 4 H 12 x l 12,7 24,6 230 0,87
16 4 HA 16 x l M 30 x 2 1,69 - - - 4 H 16 x l 15,9 28,2 250 1,19
350 500
20 4 HA 20 x l M 36 x 2 2,37 - - - 4 H 20 x l 19 32,2 300 1,49
25 380 550 4SHA 25 x l M 42 x 2 3,38 - - - 4SH 25 x l 25,4 38,7 340 2,08
32 350 500 4SHA 32 x l M 52 x 2 4,74 - - - 4SH 32 x l 31,8 45,5 460 2,51
Complete hoseline with SAE flange connection
6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 32
SN 756
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type C Type D Type E

90 45
Operating
pressure
Flange
bar size
DN dynamic static 6000 psi Nominal size kg / m Nominal size kg / m Nominal size kg / m
12 415 660 4 HC 12 1,29 4 HD 12 1,29 4 HE 12 1,29
1/2
16 4 HC 16 1,77 4 HD 16 1,77 4 HE 16 1,77
350 500
20 3/4 4 HC 20 2,31 4 HD 20 2,31 4 HE 20 2,31
25 380 550 1 4SHC 25 3,08 4SHD 25 3,08 4SHE 25 3,08
32 350 500 1 1/2 4SHC 32 4,14 4SHD 32 4,14 4SHE 32 4,14
Specification in the bill of materials:

Complete hoselines are specified in the bill of materials on AP (order item) level. This means that the hoseline
components (hose and fittings) are specified only by the operations scheduling department on AUP (order sub-item)
level.
Hoselines with fire protection (thermal protection) are specified as bought-out item numbers with indication of the
thermal stability.
1) High-pressure hoselines of DN 6, 8, 12 and 16 are also used as low-pressure hoselines.

2) The length is specified as appropriate, however, with due regard to the standard lengths.
3) Connection to the compression ferrule couplings according to SN 456.
January 2002
Hoselines
SN 576
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Hoselines 1)
Components for complete
Connection socket
hoseline acc. to SN 756
SN 759
Hose fitting SN 758 for ...
Couplings Solderless couplings AVIT male studs AVIT weld-on sockets

from DN 6 to DN 32 from DN 6 to DN 8 from DN 6 to DN 32 from DN 6 to DN 32
Type A Type B Type GUV Type GAV
Nom. Weight Nom. Weight Nominal size Weight Nominal size Weight
size d4 kg / unit size d 3 kg / unit SN 759 GUV ... d2 d4 kg / unit SN 759 GAV ... d1 d4 kg / unit
B6 6 0,05
A 6 M 18 x 1,5 0,09 B 6 8 0,05 10 / G 3/8 A 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 18 x 1,5 0,05 10 x 1,5 1 10 M 18 x 1,5 0,04
B 6 10 0,06
A 8 M 20 x 1,5 0,1 B 8 12 0,07 12 / G 3/8 A 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 20 x 1,5 0,06 12 x 2 1 12 M 20 x 1,5 0,05
A 12 M 24 x 1,5 0,16 - - - 16 / G 1/2 A 1+ 5 G 1/2A M 24 x 1,5 0,09 16 x 2,5 1 16 M 24 x 1,5 0,07
A 16 M 30 x 2 0,25 - - - 20 / G 3/4 A 1+ 5 G 3/4A M 30 x 2 0,15 20 x 3 1 20 M 30 x 2 0,14
A 20 M 36 x 2 0,44 - - - 25 / G1 A 1+ 5 G1 A M 36 x 2 0,27 25 x 4 1 25 M 36 x 2 0,22
A 25 M 42 x 2 0,65 - - - 30 / G1 1/4 A 1+ 5 G1 1/4A M 42 x 2 0,42 30 x 5 1 30 M 42 x 2 0,32
A 32 M 52 x 2 1,1 - - - 38 / G1 1/2 A 1+ 5 G1 1/2A M 52 x 2 0,56 38 x 6 1 38 M 52 x 2 0,51
Hose fittings for SAE flange connections
6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 32
SN 758
Type C Type D Type E

90 45

Nominal size kg / unit Nominal size l5 +4 kg / unit Nominal size l4 +4 kg / unit
C 12 0,21 D 12 0,21 E 12 0,21
50 25
C 16 0,29 D 16 0,29 E 16 0,29
C 20 0,41 D 20 58 0,41 E 20 26 0,41
C 25 0,5 D 25 70 0,5 E 25 32 0,5
C 32 0,8 D 32 94 0,8 E 32 44 0,8
4) Stainless-steel welding nipples which are put on the pipes and fastened by welding must have at least twice the length (2 x l3)
indicated in the table. Otherwise the welding stresses will deform the thread (to oval shape) and the hoseline cannot be screwed on.
5) These hoselines are interchangeable with the corresponding types of Aeroquip and Argus and therefore should be used
with preference.
Examples of application on page 5

Page 3
SN 576 : 2002-01
Low pressure
Complete hoselines Hoses
SN 544-1 SN 544-2
Type A Type B
for DN 20 for DN 25 to DN 100
with hoseline-end sleeve mountings with hoseline-end clamping shell
mountings
Operating
pressure
Smallest
Nom. bending Weight
DN bar Nominal size d3 Nominal size d3 size d1 d2 radius kg / m
20 NA 20 G 3/4 - - N 20 19 31 70 0,8
25 - - NB 25 G1 N 25 25 37 80 0,9
32 - - NB 32 G 1 1/4 N 32 32 44 90 1,2
40 - - NB 40 G 1 1/2 N 40 40 54 110 1,4
16
50 - - NB 50 G2 N 50 50 64 130 2,1
63 - - NB 63 G 2 1/2 N 63 63 79 160 2,8
75 - - NB 75 G3 N 75 75 90 180 3,3
100 - - NB100 G4 N100 100 116 250 4,8
Couplings
SN 545-1
Clamping rings Cams
Type A Type B
Operating
pressure
Weight Weight
DN bar Nominal size d1 kg / unit Nominal size d2 kg / unit
32 A 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,84
40 A 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,88 B 50 G2 0,34
50 16 A 50 G2 A 0,9
63 A 63 G 2 1/2 A 2,1
B 75 G3 0,85
75 A 75 G3 A 2,3
Complete hoseline with SAE flange connection
3000 psi
from DN 25 to DN 100
SN 544-1
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type NE Type NF Type NG

90 45
Operating Flange
pressure size
DN bar 3000 psi Nominal size kg / m Nominal size kg / m Nominal size kg / m
25 1 NE 25 1,52 NF 25 1,7 NG 25 1,58
32 1 1/4 NE 32 2,08 NF 32 2,36 NG 32 2,16
40 1 1/2 NE 40 2,58 NF 40 3,16 NG 40 2,7
50 16 2 NE 50 4,44 NF 50 5,16 NG 50 4,68
63 2 1/2 NE 63 6,34 NF 63 7,92 NG 63 6,84
75 3 NE 75 7,38 NF 75 9,3 NG 75 8,1
100 4 NE100 13,18 NF100 17,16 NG100 14,8
Footnotes see pages 1 and 2
Page 4
SN 576 : 2002-01
Hoselines
Hose fittings Types of connections for hoselines
SN 544-4
SN 544-3 SN 545-2 Double nipples Welding nipples
Type A Type C Type C Type D
for DN 20 for DN 20
with hoseline-end sleeve sleeve mounting
mountings
Type B
for DN 25 to DN 100 for DN 25 to DN 75
with hoseline-end clamping shell clamping shell mounting
mountings
d3
Nominal Weight Nominal Weight Nominal Weight Nominal l 3 4) Weight

size d3 kg / unit size d2 kg / unit size d kg / unit size d for St kg / unit
A 20 G 3/4 0,16 C 20 0,2 C 20 G 3/4 A 0,05 D 20 G 3/4 A 30 0,06
G1
B 25 G1 0,19 C 25 0,23 C 25 G1 A 0,1 D 25 G1 A 35 0,1
B 32 G 1 1/4 0,28 C 32 0,55 C 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,2 D 32 G 1 1/4 A 35 0,14
B 40 G 1 1/2 0,5 C 40 G2 0,6 C 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,21 D 40 G 1 1/2 A 35 0,15
B 50 G2 0,75 C 50 0,7 C 50 G2 A 0,4 D 50 G2 A 45 0,31
B 63 G 2 1/2 1,35 C 63 1,53 C 63 G 2 1/2 A 0,75 D 63 G 2 1/2 A 45 0,36
G3
B 75 G3 1,47 C 75 1,42 C 75 G3 A 0,8 D 75 G3 A 45 0,46
B100 G4 3,37 - - - C100 G4 A - D100 G4 A 45 0,65
Couplings
SN 545-3
Filler plugs
Type D Type E
for clamping rings for cams
Weight Weight
Nominal size kg / unit Nominal size kg / unit
D 50 0,31 E 50 0,45
D 75 0,77 E 75 1,2
Hose fittings for SAE flange connections

3000 psi
from DN 25 to DN 100
SN 544-3
Type E Type F Type G

90 45

Nominal size kg / unit Nominal size l 5 +4 kg / unit Nominal size l 4 +4 kg / unit
E 25 0,31 F 25 55 0,4 G 25 25 0,34
E 32 0,44 F 32 65 0,58 G 32 27 0,48
E 40 0,69 F 40 75 0,88 G 40 30 0,75
E 50 1,17 F 50 100 1,53 G 50 40 1,29
E 63 1,77 F 63 120 2,56 G 63 60 2,02
E 75 2,04 F 75 145 3 G 75 73 2,4
E100 4,19 F100 185 6,18 G100 92 5
Page 5
SN 576: 2002-01
The illustrations are given only as a help for better understanding of the possible applications.
Examples of application: for high-pressure hoseline
Flange connection
Coupling SN 532 F
SN 884 EW
Hoseline
Hoseline SN 756 HC
SN 756 HB Male stud
SN 759 GUV Flange connection
SN 532 F
Pipe
Coupling
SN 832 T
Pipe
Male stud
SN 759
Hoseline
SN 756 HA
Male stud Coupling
SN 759 GUV SN 753 DEV
Intermediate socket
SN 880
Examples of application: for low-pressure hoselines
Double nipple
DIN 2990 Double nipple
Elbow SN 544-4
DIN 2987 Hoseline
Coupling SN 544-1
SN 545-1
Hose fitting Welding nipple
SN 545-2 SN 544-4
Pipe
Hose
SN 544-2
T-piece
DIN 2987
Double nipple Hose fitting Filler plug

SN 544-4 SN 544-3 SN 545-3
Pipe
Cam
Socket Coupling Hose fitting Welding nipple SN 545-1
DIN 2986 SN 545-1 SN 544-3 SN 544-4
Hoseline fitting
SN 545-2
Hose
Pipe Pipe SN 544-2
Hose Hose fitting
SN 544-2 SN 544-3
January 2002 (July 1997)
Hydraulic cylinders
Double-acting with cushioning and SAE flange connections SN 690
1)
Pmax. = 250 bar
The above mentioned company standard is currently under revision in cooperation with the department of
hydraulic systems and media. Given the huge coordination work, it was not possible to include a revised version
in this edition of the standards book.
Please note that the company standards SN 690 and SN 806 will remain valid till the revised versions are issued.
Data sheets of the company standards will be kept available via the SMS Demag Intranet under
"Standardization/Standards Online" or can be obtained from the Dept. of Standardization.
Dimensions in mm
For hydraulic cylinders with piston dia. 160 see SN 806.
This standard specifies the dimensions and weights of double-acting hydraulic cylinders with cushioning for maximum working
pressures of Pmax = 250 bar.
Types of construction
Type A: clevis with spherical plain bearing 5)
Type B: pivot
Type C: foot mounting
Type E: flange mounting
Cylinder sizes with pertaining connection ports
Piston dia. Piston rod Cushioning 3) SAE flange connection 6000 psi
d2 when Work
Length capacity 7)
d1 = 1,4 = 1,6 = 2 W [J] NW A 0,25 B 0,25 C D Hole pattern
160 90 100 110 50 8500 2 44,5 96,8 50,8 M20
200 110 6) 125 140 60 16000
220 125 140 160 70 20000
2 1/2 58,7 123,8 63,5 M24
250 140 160 180 80 30000
280 160 180 200 90 42500
320 180 200 220 100 67500 3 71,4 152,4 76,2 M30
Designation of a hydraulic cylinder, type A, acc. to SN 690 with a piston dia. d1 = 160 mm,
hard-chrome plated piston rod of diameter d2 = 100 mm and stroke l1 2) = 200 mm:
Hydraulic cylinder SN 690 - A 160/100 x 200
1)
The cylinder rating is for a max. working pressure Pmax = 250 bar. For use under pulsating loads the max. working pressure
has to be reduced according to the pressure increase.
The test pressure is at least 375 bar.
2)
Stroke l1 is indicated as required for the respective purpose. The max. lifts of stroke for the different installation positions
(3.5-fold safety against buckling) can be taken from the tables in the manufacturers' catalogues.
3)
All cylinders are equipped with adjustable cushioning devices on both sides. The cushioning sleeves are made in bronze or
equivalent material. For lifts of stroke up to 100 mm cushioning is not provided as a standard feature.
4)
If the pivot of type B has to be in an extreme off-center position, the cylinder manufacturer must be consulted to clarify the
dimensional details.
5)
Lubrication of the spherical plain bearing (GE ... DO) is through the hinged clevis via hydraulic-type lubricating nipple
according to DIN 71412 - AS6.
6)
When the piston rod diameter is d2 = 110, the thread d5 is M 100 x 2 and the lengths are l7 = 100; l8 = 210; l9 = 115.
7)
The kinetic energy (E) as the product of all masses (m) acting upon the piston rod and the stroke speed (v) at the beginning
of cushioning, must not exceed the maximum work capacity (W) of the cushioning device.
The following relation applies:
m s
E= v2 W = A PD
2 D 2
The calculation of W is based on:
AD = max. effective cushioning area, assuming that piston-side and piston-rod side areas are identical.
PD = 350 bar
s = cushioning length
If the kinetic energy (E) exceeds the given working capacity of the cushioning device, our department of hydraulic systems
must be informed so that the remaining residual energy can be taken into account for the control system.

Page 2
SN 690 : 2002-01
Type A
cushioning valve
Width of spherical
d3
d1 b1 b2 plain bearing d4 d5 d6 d7 h1 h2 s
max.
b3
0 0
160 135 60 55 - 0,15 195 270 M 80 x 2 180 80 - 0,015 0 145 27
200 170 70 70 0
245 320 M100 x 2 215 100 0
0 180 27
- 0,20 M110 x 2 6) - 0,020
0 0
220 170 80 70 - 0,20 276 365 M120 x 3 260 110 - 0,020 0 200 27
0 0
250 170 90 85 - 0,20 300 410 M130 x 3 280 120 - 0,020 0 230 27
0 0
280 215 100 90 - 0,25 324 450 M140 x 4 305 140 - 0,025 0 260 27
0 0
320 215 110 105 - 0,25 381 508 M150 x 4 340 160 - 0,025 0 290 27
Total weight G1 + G2 (kg/unit)

d1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 l9 l10 l11
G2 per 100 mm stroke when
G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
160 630 4 58 201 59 142 80 170 95 85 180 292 12,7 13,8 15,1
100 5) 210 6) 115 6)
200 795 4 78 253 78 175
110 235 125
115 240 405 19,8 22,0 24,4
220 850 5 78 287 78 209 115 265 145 125 270 545 26,8 29,2 32,9
250 889 5 78 310 78 232 120 310 180 140 300 676 29,1 32,7 36,9
280 975 5 90 322 90 232 125 345 185 150 325 938 32,2 36,3 41,1
320 1070 5 90 360 90 270 140 400 200 175 375 1310 46,4 51,0 56,2
Type B
cushioning valve
d3
d1 b1 b4 b5 b6 b7 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 s r
max.
0 - 0,06
160 135 80 90 275 52 195 270 M 80x2 180 80 - 0,015 75 - 0,10 27 1
200 170 100 120 320 55 245 320 M 100x2 215 100
0
90 - 0,07
27 2
M 110x2 - 0,020 - 0,12
0 - 0,07
220 170 110 130 370 60 276 365 M 120x3 260 110 - 0,020 100 - 0,12 27 2
0 - 0,07
250 170 125 147 410 65 300 410 M 130x3 280 120 - 0,020 110 - 0,12 27 2
0 - 0,08
280 215 150 158 450 70 324 450 M 140x4 305 140 - 0,025 130 - 0,15 27 2
0 - 0,08
320 215 180 184 510 90 381 508 M 150x4 340 160 - 0,025 160 - 0,15 27 2,5

d1 h1 h2 l2 l3 l4 l5 l8 l7 l8 l9
G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
160 0 145 545 4 58 201 59 142 80 170 95 290 12,7 13,8 15,1
100 6) 210 6) 115 6)
200 0 180 680 4 78 253 78 175
110 235 125
395 19,8 22,0 24,4
220 0 200 725 5 78 287 78 209 115 265 145 535 26,8 29,2 32,9
250 0 230 749 5 78 310 78 232 120 310 180 650 29,1 32,7 36,9
280 0 260 825 5 90 322 90 232 125 345 185 715 32,2 36,3 41,1
320 0 290 895 5 90 360 90 270 140 400 200 1295 46,4 51,0 56,2
Page 3
SN 690 : 2002-01
Type C
cushioning valve
d3
d1 b1 b8 b9 b10 d4 d5 d6 d7 d9 h1 h2 h3 h4 s
max.
0
160 135 76 330 400 195 270 M 80 x 2 180 80 - 0,015 33 0 145 70 140 27
200 170 96 390 470 245 320 M100 x 2 215 100 0
39 0 180 85 165 27
M110 x 2 6) - 0,020
0
220 170 104 445 535 276 365 M120 x 3 260 110 - 0,020 45 0 200 95 188 27
0
250 170 114 510 610 300 410 M130 x 3 280 120 - 0,020 52 0 230 110 210 27
0
280 215 124 540 640 324 450 M140 x 4 305 140 - 0,025 52 0 260 125 230 27
0
320 215 134 620 740 381 508 M150 x 4 340 160 - 0,025 52 0 290 140 260 27
d1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 l9 l12 l13 l14
G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 =2
160 94 58 201 59 142 80 170 95 297 154 38 302 12,7 13,8 15,1
100 5) 210 6) 115 6)
200 97 78 253 78 175 379 204 48 415 19,8 22,0 24,4
110 235 125
220 100 78 287 78 209 115 265 145 417 208 52 563 26,8 29,2 32,9
250 100 78 310 78 232 120 310 180 440 208 52 697 29,1 32,7 36,9
280 108 90 322 90 232 125 345 185 474 242 62 957 32,2 36,3 41,1
320 131 90 360 90 270 140 400 200 517 247 67 1330 46,4 51,0 56,2
Type E
cushioning valve
d3
d1 b1 b11 d4 d5 d6 d7 d10 d11 d12 d13 h1 h2 s
max.
0 - 0,11
160 135 70 195 270 M 80x2 180 80 - 0,015 325 385 275 - 0,19 26 0 145 27
200 170 85 245 320 M 100x2 215 100 0

375 445 320
- 0,12
33 0 180 27
M 110x2 - 0,020 - 0,21
0 - 0,12
220 170 95 276 365 M 120x3 260 110 - 0,020 430 490 370 - 0,21 33 0 200 27
0 -.0,13
250 170 95 300 410 M 130x3 280 120 - 0,020 485 555 415 - 0,23 39 0 230 27
0 - 0,13
280 215 105 324 450 M 140x4 305 140 - 0,025 520 590 450 - 0,23 39 0 260 27
0 - 0,14
320 215 105 381 508 M 150x4 340 160 - 0,025 600 680 510 - 0,25 45 0 290 27

d1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 l9 l15 l16 Y
G1
= 1,4 = 1,6 = 2
160 545 4 58 129 59 72 80 170 95 10 22 55 332 12,7 13,8 15,1
200 680 4 78 163 78 90 100 210 115 10 30 50 462 19,8 22,0 24,4
220 725 5 78 173 78 114 115 265 145 10 44 55 622 26,8 29,2 32,9
250 749 5 78 173 78 137 120 310 180 10 62 60 768 29,1 32,7 36,9
280 825 5 90 195 90 127 125 345 185 10 47 55 1048 32,2 36,3 41,1
320 895 5 90 195 90 165 140 400 200 10 80 60 1442 46,4 51,0 56,2
Hydraulic cylinders
double-acting with cushioning 2)

Pmax = 250 bar 5)
Dimensions in mm
Type A: clevis with spherical plain bearing 6)

rod side
bottom side (cylinder bottom) (cylinder head) section A-A
cushioning valve
detail X
turned by 90
section B-B
Type B: pivot
variable
Designation of a hydraulic cylinder, type A, with piston dia. d1 = 100 mm,

hard-chrome-plated piston rod with diameter d2 = 56 mm and stroke l11) = 200 mm:
Hydraulic cylinder SN 806 - A 100/56 x 200

Piston rod diameter Width of
Piston Cushioning
d2 when spherical plain
diameter
bearing
Work b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b10 d3 d4
b9
d1 2) =1,4 =1,6 =2 Length capacity W
(J) 9)
40 22 28 18 50 135 110 95 23 20 G 3/8 25
35 25 38 40
50 28 36 24 350 155 130 115 20 28 22 G 1/2 31
0
63 36 45 28 650 30 180 150 42 130 30 25 50
- 40 -0,12 G 3/4 44
80 45 56 35 1350 40 210 170 48 145 25 35 28 55
100 56 70 40 2500 50 50 250 205 58 175 30 40 35 68 G1 50
125 70 90 45 4200 55 60 305 255 68 215 40 50 44 0 74
G1 1/4 60
140 80 90 100 50 6000 60 65 340 280 72 230 42,5 55 49 -0,15 80
Piston Piston rod diameter
diameter d2 when
l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 l9 l10 l11 l12 l13 l14
d1 2) =1,4 =1,6 =2
40 22 28 16 60 2 122,5 210 2 30
55 25 60 12,5 57,5
50 28 36 22 65 2 132,5 215 2 40
63 36 45 28 62,5 5 27,5 67,5 155 15 65 240 2 50
- 70 3
80 45 56 35 65 30 70 170 20 75 260 2 55
100 56 70 45 77,5 32,5 75 3 82,5 210 25 85 295 2 75
125 70 90 58 87,5 40,5 90 4 97,5 250 30 103 353 2 90
10
140 80 90 100 65 95 43 105 4 105 272,5 32,5 110,5 388 2 100
1)
Stroke l1 is indicated as required for the respective purpose. The max. lifts of stroke for the different installation positions can
be taken from the diagrams of the manufacturers' catalogues.
2)
All cylinders are equipped with adjustable cushioning devices on both sides. The cushioning sleeves are made of bronze.
For reasons of functioning, venting and check valves are installed separately of each other. Cylinder bottom and cylinder
head are screw-fastened.
3)
In exceptional cases the pivot length b7 of type B can be increased to the value of diameter d14. This has to be stated in the
note column of the parts list.
4)
If the pivot of type B has to be in an extreme off-center position, the cylinder manufacturer must be consulted to clarify the
dimensional details.
5)
The cylinder rating is for a max. working pressure Pmax = 250 bar. In the case of pulsating loads the max. working pressure
must be reduced according to the pressure increase.
January 2002 (July 1997)
SN 806
Dimensions in mm abridged
Type C: foot mounting
Type E: Front flange mounting
d5 d6 d7 d8 d9 d10 d11 d12 d13 9) d14 d15 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 l2 l3
e8 min. e8
85 90 56 M 16x1,5 9 108 130 55 25 0 87,5 45 25 18 41,5 205 2
11 30
105 110 63,5 M 22x1,5 11 130 160 68 30 -0,010 107,5 55 30 21 51,5 210 2
120 130 76,1 M 28x1,5 155 185 14 75 35 35 125 65 35 56 235 3
14 0
135 145 101,6 M 35x1,5 170 200 18 95 40 40 137,5 70 40 31 64 255 2 -
-0,012
165 175 121 M 45x1,5 18 205 245 22 115 50 50 67,5 85 50 79,5 290 3
200 210 152,4 M 58x1.5 245 295 135 60 60 -0 205 105 60 96 343 4
22 26 38
220 230 171 M 65x1,5 265 315 155 65 70 -0,015 225 115 65 106 378 4
Total weight G1 and G2 (kg/unit)
G1 G2 per 100 mm stroke
l15 l16 l17 l18 l19 l20 l21 r s Type piston rod dia. when
A B C E = 1,4 = 1,6 =2
235 2 30 60 50 28 10 7 8 7,6 9,5 1,2 1,4
20 40
245 2 35 69 60 32 14 11 12,5 12 15 1,4 1,7
280 3 22,5 45 87 70 39 0,5 18 19 18 23 1,8 2,2
45 -
305 2 25 50 100 85 47 19 24,5 25,6 27 30,2 3,5 4,3
350 3 27,5 60 123 55 105 58 43,5 45,8 46 54 4,7 5,9
415 4 32,5 70 140 65 130 70 80 81 83 95 7,7 8,6
1 24
455 4 35 75 157 70 150 82 101 104,5 110,5 121,5 9,9 10,4 12,1
6)
The spherical plain bearing is lubricated through the pin.
8)
Up to a piston diameter of 140 without extension piece.
9)
The kinetic energy (E) as the product of all masses (m) acting upon the piston rod and the stroke speed (v) at the beginning
of cushioning, must not exceed the maximum work capacity (W) of the cushioning device.
The following relation applies:
m s
E = v2 W = A P
2 D D 2
The calculation of W is based on:
AD = max. effective cushioning area, assuming that piston-side and piston-rod side areas are identical.
pD = 350 bar
If the kinetic energy (E) exceeds the given working capacity of the cushioning device, our department of hydraulic systems
must be informed so that the remaining residual energy can be taken into account for the control system.
January 2002
Materials kept in stock
Auxiliary and operating materials SN 531
Overview
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions
Designation Thickn. Width Length Technical values Notes
mm mm mm
Sealing material
Sealing plates,
material: NP 815 (aramide-nitrile) For general purposes of sealing against
one side graphitized
2 1500 1500 permiss. pressure: up to 50 bar oils, greases, petrol, benzol and solvents.
Supplier: Fa. Hellhake
perm. temperature: up to 300 C Substitute for IT
44143 Dortmund
permiss. pressure: up to 20 bar Levels up slight roughnesses of the sealing
Nebar standard No. 1
perm. temperature: - 30C to + 120C surface; hence particularly suited for large
Supplier: Fa. Haacke & Shne 0,8 1200 1200
oil resistance: good (also resistant sealing surfaces. Required min. surface
22767 Hamburg
against Somentor N35) pressure = 300 N/cm.
runn. material: PTFE For sealing screwed joints on pipe lines (e.g.
Sealing tape 0,1 12,5
meter perm. temperature: - 100C to + 300C used instead of hemp)
perm. pressure: up to 10 bar
2
runn. perm. temperature: up to + 80C
Flat rubber with canvas lining 1000 For sealing uneven (unworked) surfaces.
meter hardness: 60 Shore A
3 oil resistance: gut
material: neoprene
Soft rubber with skin on all runn. perm. temperature: up to + 70C
8 12 For use as wiper and for sealing purposes
sides meter hardness: 15 Shore A

oil resistance: good
High-temperature resistant insulating material
perm. temperature: up to +1260C
Ezeram 8 resistant to: oil, steam, water,
Used for sealing flaps, covers and
Round-twisted ceramic-fibre - - chemicals, liquid
as insulating cord
cord 10 metal
outstanding feature: asbestos-free
Acrylic glass
2
Acrylic glass 4 forming
1200 2000 Workable by sawing, drilling, grinding, etc.
(e.g. plexiglass) 6 temperature: + 130C to 150C
10
Sealing compound
perm. temperature: - 40C to +200C Sealing of gear, machine and motor housings,
Curil K2
oil resistence: good pumps, flanges, oil trays etc.
Fermit-Special atoxic Used primarily for water lines
Cleaning materials
Nikutex 1459 mixture of organic solvents
Supplier: Chem. Werke Kluthe GmbH form and colour: liquid, colourless Machine cleaning material
69115 Heidelberg flash point A II
Lubricant
Gleitmo 805
Lubricant for stainless-steel bolts, nuts and
Supplier: Gleitmolybdn Schmierstoffe GmbH perm. temperature: - 20C to + 110C
pipe couplings.
85386 Eching
perm. temperature: - 40C to + 450C
MOLYKOTE Gn plus Assembly lubricant, reduces friction and wear.
coefficient of friction:
Prevents seizing and metal-to-metal contact.
- with screws: 0,09
Supplier: DOW CORNING GmbH Reduces fretting corrosion.
- at 40 m2/kg: 0,07
80992 Mnchen
colour: black
MOLYKOTE Un After the evaporation of the carrier oil, a
perm. temperature: - 40C to + 450C
lubrication-effective solid lubricant remains.
Supplier: DOW CORNING GmbH Compatible with natural rubber and plastics.
colour: black
80992 Mnchen Reduces fretting corrosion.
Repair filler
perm. temperature: - 50C to + 180C For repair of machines, pipes, vessels and
METALIX S
compressive strength:1500 N/cm2 shrinkholes. Sealing against penetration of
Supplier: DOW CORNING GMBH
tensile strength: 5500 N/cm2 liquids under pressure
80992 Mnchen
chemically stable
Continued on page 2
Page 2
SN 531 : 2002-01
Designation Technical values Note

Adhesives acc. to SN 507
Loctite
Bonding of cylindrical joints, e.g. universal
Parts to be joined 75/AAV 1) perm. temperature: - 55C to +150C
joint shaft heads, bearings, etc.
Code No. 675
Loctite
Seals and securing of pipe couplings
Pipe sealant, extra strong AVX perm. temperature: - 55C to + 150C
> 16 bar
Code No. 586
Loctite
Bonding of wear plates.
Medium-strength bolt securing agent perm. temperature: - 55C to + 150C
Securing of threaded connections.
Code No. 242
Loctite
Instant adhesive IS 496 perm. temperature: - 50C to + 80C Bonding of neoprene rubber seals.
Code No. 496
OMNIFIT
Sealing and securing of pipe couplings and
Low-strength pipe sealant perm. temperature: - 60C to + 150C
threaded fittings 16 bar.
Code No. 50 H
Technicoll 2) Bonding of wear plates, sliding
Epoxy resin/hardener perm. temperature: up to + 150C liners, nameplates, reinforcements,
8266 Part A / 8267 Part B scales, etc.
Hoses, except hoses as in SN 544 and SN 756
Hose Rubber Water etc.
pressure 6 bar, temperature: + 50C
1/4 (19/13); 1/2 (29/19);
1 (34/23)
PVC Compressed-air control systems etc.
Temperature: + 20C
Pressure 25 bar Pressure 14 bar
6 x 12 12,5 x 18,5
8 x 14 19 x 27
1)
Previous SMS designation A1
2)
Previous SMS designation B1
All products for which no suppliers are stated are purchased from technical dealers.
Further standards
SN 180-1 Operating media, lubricant recommendations grease
SN 180-2 Operating media, lubricant recommendations oil
SN 180-3 Morgoil lubricant specification new oil
SN 507 Metal bonding
Revisions made in January 2002
General
For reasons of copyright, four standards sheets of the 1997 standards book have been made SN standards:
DIN 509 is now SN 695; DIN 15058 is SN 370; DIN ISO 4379 is SN 364-1;
DIN ISO 12128 and DIN 1850-2 are now SN 364-3.
SN 833 (of chapter 8) has been split up into SN 530, SN 358 and SN 356.
SN 151 (of chapter 6) has been cancelled.
SN 690 and SN 806 (of chapter 10) are still in the versions of July 1997 and are currently under revision.
SN 364-2: addition of bushings for cylinders.
All numbers of files no longer appear in the standards book 2002, as the file numbers will be newly assigned and the files are
available e.g. through the Intranet.
Generally, all SN standards have been editorially revised.
Chapter 1: Materials
SN 359: - The material designations have been converted to the new designation system.
- Addition of table-type designation systems.
- Newly added materials: - steels for pressure purposes according to DIN EN 10028-2 and 3,
- engineering steels with higher yield point ... according to DIN EN 10137-2 and SEW 090-2,
- forging steels according to DIN EN 10222, DIN EN 10250 and SEW 550,
- heat resistant steel according to DIN EN 10269,
- malleable cast iron according to DIN EN 1562,
- sintered bronze, oil-impregnated
- As far as necessary, the values have been adapted to the new materials standards.
- Relative cost factors have been rounded off to one decimal place.
- Updating of suitability for welding and of welding preheat temperatures.
- Updating of footnotes.
Chapter 2: Drilling and thread depths, thread selection series and undercuts
SN 480: - Table of "Maximum drilling depths": updating of values
- Table of "Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes": updating of values
- Table of "Pipe threads as in DIN ISO 228": addition of outside and inside diameter values.
- Table of "Metric thread as in DIN 13": tables condensed.
Chapter 3: Curves, diagonals, undercuts

SN 481: - Indication of current sizes in the table of "Curves and diagonals on milled parts".
SN 695: - Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN 509 unchanged).
Chapter 4: Permissible bolt loads, tightening torques, pretensioning units

SN 403: - Indication of additional pretensioning units.
- Updating of all tables and graphic charts.
Chapter 5: Design instructions on fasteners

Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction with countersinks/
counterbores and/or holes; foundation anchoring elements
SN 351: - As far as necessary, graphic charts and values in tables adapted to the new standards.
- Addition of screw plugs according to DIN 908.
- Hexagon socket screw acc. to DIN 6912 cancelled.
SN 372: - Addition of: - Threaded pin acc. to SN 172;
- Adhesive anchor acc. to SN 705.
- Lock nut in the column of "Projection" cancelled.
- Addition of footnotes.
Chapter 6: Mechanical fasteners

Screws, bolts, nuts; setscrews, pins, studs, other screws/bolts; washers
and retaining elements, locknuts and locking plates
SN 151: - Cancelled.
SN 485: - DIN 561: Addition of M 56.
- DIN 908, SN 595: Indication of metric sizes.
- DIN 912 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4762, addition e.g. of M56 and M64.
- DIN 980 replaced by DIN EN ISO 7042 and 10513.
- DIN 6912 cancelled.
- DIN 7991 replaced by DIN EN ISO 10642, cancelling e.g. of M24.
- DIN EN 24014 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4014.
- DIN EN 24032 replaced by DIN EN ISO 4032, addition e.g. of DIN EN ISO 8673.
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Revisions: 2002-01
SN 486: - DIN 94 replaced by DIN EN ISO 1234, addition e.g. of diameter 1.6.
- DIN 186: Addition of M48.
- DIN 529: Addition of M48 and M56.
- DIN 580: Addition of M56 and M64.
- DIN 939: Addition of M48.
- DIN EN 22339: Addition of diameters 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, cancelling of diameters 2, 3, 4 and 5.
- DIN EN 28733 replaced by DIN EN ISO 8733, addition e.g. of diameter 50.
- DIN EN 28736: Addition of diameters 6 and 8.
SN 487: - DIN 125 replaced by DIN EN ISO 7089 (DIN EN ISO 7090), washers e.g. for screw diameters
M72 and M80 cancelled.
- SN 808: Addition of washers for screw diameters M90, M100, M110, M125, M140, M160.
SN 489: - No revision with regard to contents
Chapter 7: Fitting keys, keys

SN 708: - Revision of sketch stating the position tolerances for fitting keys.
Chapter 8: Axle stop plates, pins, bushings

SN 370: -
Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN 15058).
SN 530: -
Revision of blank form
SN 358: -
Revision of blank form previously SN 833.
SN 356: -
Revision of blank form
SN 364-1: -
Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN ISO 4379), addition of detail X in the sketch, revision of
calculation example.
SN 364-2: - Newly added.
SN 364-3: - Revision of blank form (contents as in DIN ISO 12128 and DIN 1850-2), new structure of table on types
of lubricant feeding and distribution.
Chapter 9: Semi-finished products available from stock, structural steel sections

SN 483: - DIN 176 cancelled.
- DIN 671 replaced by DIN EN 10278; e.g. dimensions 45 and 60 cancelled.
- DIN 1025/2: Dimension 180 cancelled.
- DIN 1028 replaced by DIN EN 10056, e.g. addition of dimension 150 x 150 x 15.
- DIN 1029 replaced by DIN EN 10056.
- DIN 1783 replaced by DIN EN 485.
- DIN 2462 replaced by DIN EN ISO 1127, cancelling e.g. of dimensions 16x2; 20x2,5; 25x3; 30x4; 35x2,5
and 38x5; addition of dimensions 42,4x2,6; 60,3x2,9; 76,1x12,5; 88,9x14,2 and 114,3x3,6.
SN 805: - DIN 1028 and DIN 1029 replaced by DIN EN 10056-1 and -2.
- DIN 59410 replaced by DIN EN 10210-2.
- DIN 59411 replaced by DIN EN 10219-2.
Chapter 10: Pipe dimensions, flanges, welding fittings, pipe couplings and fasteners,
hoselines, hydraulic cylinders, sealing and insulating materials, revisions
SN 553: - completely revised and adapted to pipe classification of SN 901, max. 300 mm nominal diameter.
SN 456: - SN 875 replaced by SN 878.
- SN 787 replaced by SN 882.
- SN 832 replaced by SN 883 (only straight male stud coupling).
- SN 457, SN 479 and SN 790 replaced by SN 884.
- Addition of: SN 811, SN 862, SN 879 and SN 880.
- Revision of pressure stages.
SN 836: - Revision of pressure stages.
- Addition of screw-hole arrangement as in DIN 2501 (with sketch).
- Addition of new material designations.
SN 837: - No revision with regard to contents.
SN 576: - Addition of data on low-pressure hoseline.
- Revision of application examples.
SN 690: - Contents as in July 1997 edition, as revision not complete at copy deadline.
SN 806: - Contents as in July 1997 edition, as revision not complete at copy deadline.
SN 531: - Cancelling of sealing plates, thickness 1 mm, one side graphitized.
Previous editions:
Standards book and SN 200: 1975-11, 1978-01, 1981-01,1985-01, 1992-03
Standards book: 1997-07
Codes of the units of quantity
Code Designation Code Designation

0 set 5 m
1 kg 6 t
2 piece 7 litre
3 m 8 slab
4 m2 9 pair
Imprint
The STANDARDS BOOK 2002 is edited by SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft, Dept. of Standardization.
Wiesenstrae 30, 57271 Hilchenbach/Germany
Phone: (0 27 33) 2910 93
Fax: (0 27 33) 2910 73
E-mail: hueb@sms-demag.de
mott@sms-demag.de

SMS Design Standards 2002 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SMS Design Standards 2002 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 MATERIALS

3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS,

DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS, OTHER

7 FITTING KEYS, TAPER KEYS

8 AXLE STOP PLATES, PINS, BUSHINGS

SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK,

STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

All rights reserved. DIN 34

SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

1st edition (January 2002)

Material designations (designation systems) .................................................. Pages 2 to 8

Footnotes .................................................................................................................... Page 9

Rolled and forged steels

Classification Unalloyed steels Alloyed steels

Structure of the designation system

1.2 e.g. as in DIN EN 10028 Steels for pressure purposes

Fixed min. yield point value for thicknesses 16 mm in N/mm2.

2. Designation based on chemical composition

Heat treatment: quenched and tempered +A = dead-soft annealed

Medium C content 0,45%

Steel with fixed C content

Cr content - no particular specification

Medium C content 0,16 %

2.3 for high-alloy steels, e.g. as in DIN EN 10088 Stainless steels

Ti content: no particular specification

Medium C content 0,06 %

3. Multipliers for low-alloy steels

Min. value of elongation A in per cent

Tensile strength min. 400 N/mm at wall thicknesses 30 mm

Spheroidal graphite cast iron

Code no. of min. yield point Rp 0,2 in Mpa (Mpa N/mm)

Cast steel for pressure purposes

2. Designation based on chemical composition

Mo content: no particular specification

Heat treatment: quenched and tempered

V content: no particular specification

High-alloy, alloy information in plain text

Casting process: centrifugal casting

Zn content 4%, Pb content 7%

Principal alloying element, no quantity specification

ISO V-specimen, longitudinal

reversed bending stresses

Notch impact energy

0,2% proof stress

*) normalised or state achieved by normalising shaping

For footnotes see page 9

Welding preheat temperature

(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

- - - - - - - 1,40 0,045 - - - 0,009 1 - 0,9 1,2 0,9

limited feasibility 0,20

Fatigue strength under reversed

Notch impact energy

0,2% proof stress

For footnotes see page 9

Welding preheat temperature

(mm) (mm) % % % % % % % % (C)

- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - N = 0,009 3 150 to 1,0 1,3 1,3

- - - - - - max. - max. 0,045 - - - - 2 - - - 1,0 Sheets

- - - - - - max. 1,0 max. P: 0,045 17,0

ISO V-specimen, longitudinal

reversed bending stresses